service manual sharp al1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

131
CONTENTS Parts marked with “ ” are important for maintaining the safety of the machine. Be sure to replace these parts with the replacement parts specified to maintain the safety and performance of the machine. SHARP CORPORATION This document has been published to be used for after sales service only. The contents are subject to change without notice. SERVICE MANUAL CODE : 00ZAL1551CS1E DIGITAL LASER COPIER/ DIGITAL MULTIFUNCTIONAL SYSTEM AL-1215 AL-1530CS AL-1540CS MODEL AL-1551CS [ 1 ] GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 1 [ 2 ] SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 1 [ 3 ] CONSUMABLE PARTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 1 [ 4 ] EXTERNAL VIEWS AND INTERNAL STRUCTURES . . . . . . . . . 4 - 1 [ 5 ] UNPACKING AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 1 [ 6 ] COPY PROCESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 1 [ 7 ] OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 1 [ 8 ] DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 1 [ 9 ] ADJUSTMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 1 [10] SIMULATION, TROUBLE CODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 1 [11] USER PROGRAMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 - 1 [12] ELECTRICAL SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 1 [13] CIRCUIT DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 - 1 (AL-1551CS)

Upload: ramon-colon

Post on 09-Mar-2015

349 views

Category:

Documents


1 download

DESCRIPTION

SERVICE MANUALCODE : 00ZAL1551CS1EDIGITAL LASER COPIER/ DIGITAL MULTIFUNCTIONAL SYSTEM(AL-1551CS)MODELCONTENTSAL-1215 AL-1530CS AL-1540CS AL-1551CS[ 1 ] GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 1 [ 2 ] SPECIFICATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 1 [ 3 ] CONSUMABLE PARTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 1 [ 4 ] EXTERNAL VIEWS AND INTERNAL STRUCTU

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

CONTENTS

Parts marked with “ ” are important for maintaining the safety of the machine. Be sure to replace these partswith the replacement parts specified to maintain the safety and performance of the machine.

SHARP CORPORATIONThis document has been published to be usedfor after sales service only.The contents are subject to change without notice.

SERVICE MANUALCODE : 00ZAL1551CS1E

DIGITAL LASER COPIER/DIGITAL MULTIFUNCTIONAL SYSTEM

AL-1215AL-1530CSAL-1540CS

MODEL AL-1551CS

[ 1 ] GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 1

[ 2 ] SPECIFICATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 1

[ 3 ] CONSUMABLE PARTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 1

[ 4 ] EXTERNAL VIEWS AND INTERNAL STRUCTURES . . . . . . . . . 4 - 1

[ 5 ] UNPACKING AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 1

[ 6 ] COPY PROCESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 1

[ 7 ] OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 1

[ 8 ] DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 1

[ 9 ] ADJUSTMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 1

[10] SIMULATION, TROUBLE CODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 1

[11] USER PROGRAMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 - 1

[12] ELECTRICAL SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 1

[13] CIRCUIT DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 - 1

(AL-1551CS)

Page 2: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

CAUTION

This laser radiation is not a danger to the skin, but when an exact focusing of the laser beam is achievedon the eye’s retina, there is the danger of spot damage to the retina.

The following cautions must be observed to avoid exposure of the laser beam to your eyes at the time ofservicing.

1) When a problem in the laser optical unit has occurred, the whole optical unit must be exchanged as aunit, not as individual parts.

2) Do not look into the machine with the main switch turned on after removing the developer unit, tonercartridge, and drum cartridge.

3) Do not look into the laser beam exposure slit of the laser optical unit with the connector connectedwhen removing and installing the optical system.

4) The middle frame contains the safety interlock switch.

Do not defeat the safety interlock by inserting wedges or other items into the switch slot.

LASER WAVE – LENGTH : 770 ~ 795nmPulse times : 0.481m sec (20,787 rpm)Out put power : 0.17mW ± 0.01mW

CAUTIONINVISIBLE LASER RADIATION,

WHEN OPEN AND INTERLOCKS DEFEATED.

AVOID EXPOSURE TO BEAM.

VORSICHTUNSICHTBARE LASERSTRAHLUNG,WENN ABDECKUNG GEÖFFNET UNDSICHERHEITSVERRIEGELUNG ÜBERBRÜCKT.NICHT DEM STRAHL AUSSETZEN.

VARO !AVATTAESSA JA SUOJALUKITUSOHITETTAESSA OLET ALTTIINANÄKYMÄTTÖMÄLLE LASERSÄTEILYLLE ÄLÄKATSO SÄTEESEEN.

ADVARSELUSYNLIG LASERSTRÅLNING VED ÅBNING, NÅRSIKKERHEDSBRYDERE ER UDE AFFUNKTION. UNDGÅ UDSAETTELSE FORSTRÅLNING.

VARNING !OSYNLIG LASERSTRÅLNING NÄR DENNA DELÄR ÖPPNAD OCH SPÄRREN ÄR URKOPPLAD.BETRAKTA EJ STRÅLEN. – STRÅLEN ÄRFARLIG.

This product is a class 1 laser product that complies with 21CFR 1040 of the CDRH standard and IEC825. This means that this machine does not produce hazardous laser radiation. The use of controls, adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified herein may result in hazardous radiation exposure.

Page 3: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

At the production line, the output powerof the scanner unit is adjusted to 0.57MILLI-WATT PLUS 20 PCTS and ismaintained constant by the operation ofthe Automatic Power Control (APC).Even if the APC circuit fails in operationfor some reason, the maximum outputpower will only be 15 MILLI-WATT 0.1MICRO-SEC. Giving and accessibleemission level of 42 MICRO-WATTwhich is still-less than the limit ofCLASS-1 laser product.

The foregoing is applicable only to the 220Vmodel, 230V model and 240V model.

VAROITUS! LAITTEEN KÄYTTÄMINEN MUULLAKUIN TÄSSÄ KÄYTTÖOHJEESSA MAINITULLATAVALLA SAATTAA ALTISTAA KÄYTTÄJÄNTURVALLISUUSLUOKAN 1 YLITTÄVÄLLENÄKYMÄTTÖMÄLLE LASERSÄTEILYLLE.

VARNING - OM APPARATEN ANVÄNDS PÅ ANNATSÄTT ÄN I DENNA BRUKSANVISNINGSPECIFICERATS, KAN ANVÄNDAREN UTSÄTTASFÖR OSYNLIG LASERSTRÅLNING, SOMÖVERSKRIDER GRÄNSEN FÖR LASERKLASS 1.

CautionThis product contains a low power laserdevice. To ensure continued safety do notremove any cover or attempt to gain accessto the inside of the product. Refer allservicing to qualified personnel.

LUOKAN 1 LASERLAITEKLASS 1 LASER APPARAT

Page 4: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

CONTENTS

[1] GENERAL

1. Major functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1

[2] SPECIFICATIONS

1. Basic Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1

2. Operation specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1

3. Copy performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3

4. GDI Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4

5. Scan function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4

6. SPF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4

7. RSPF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4

[3] CONSUMABLE PARTS

1. Supply system table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1

2. Environmental . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1

3. Production control number(lot No.) identification . . . . . . . . . 3-2

[4] EXTERNAL VIEWS AND INTERNAL STRUCTURES

1. Appearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

2. Internal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

3. Operation panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2

4. Motors and solenoids. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4

5. Sensors and switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5

6. PWB unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6

7. Cross sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7

[5] UNPACKING AND INSTALLATION

1. Copier installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1

2. Cautions on handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1

3. Checking packed components and accessories . . . . . . . . . 5-1

4. Unpacking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2

5. Removing protective packing materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2

6. Installing the TD cartridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2

7. Loading copy paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3

8. Power to copier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3

9. Software for the AL-1200 (USB) series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3

10. Connecting the interface cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8

11. Parallel interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8

12. USB interface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9

13. Moving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9

[6] COPY PROCESS

1. Functional diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1

2. Outline of print process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2

3. Actual print process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2

[7] OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTIONS

1. Outline of operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-1

2. Scanner section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-2

3. Laser unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-3

4. Fuser section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-3

5. Paper feed section and paper transport section . . . . . . . . . .7-4

6. Process unit new drum detection mechanism . . . . . . . . . . .7-7

7. SPF section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-7

8. D-D (Duplex to Duplex) mode paper/document transport (Duplex model) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-8

[8] DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

1. High voltage section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-1

2. Operation panel section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-2

3. Optical section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-3

4. Fusing section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-5

5. Tray paper feed/transport section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-7

6. Manual paper feed section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-13

7. Rear frame section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-17

8. Power section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-18

9. SPF section (SPF model only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-18

10. 2nd cassette section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-21

11. Duplex motor section (RSPF model only). . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-23

12. Reverse roller section (RSPF model only) . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-23

13. RSPF section (RSPF model only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-24

[9] ADJUSTMENTS

1. Optical section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-1

2. Copy density adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-4

3. High voltage adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-5

4. Duplex adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-6

[10] SIMULATION, TROUBLE CODES

1. Entering the simulation mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-1

2. List of simulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2

3. Contents of simulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-3

4. Trouble codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-15

[11] USER PROGRAM

1. Functions that can be set with user programs . . . . . . . . . .11-1

2. Change the setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-1

3. Density level adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-2

4. Toner save mode setup and cancel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-2

[12] ELECTRICAL SECTION

1. Block diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-1

2. Circuit descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-3

[13] CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

1. MCU PWB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-1

2. OPERATION PWB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-10

3. I/F PWB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-11

4. POWER SUPPLY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-12

5. ACTUAL WIRING DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-14

Page 5: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS GENERAL 1 - 1

[1] GENERAL

1. Major functionsConfigurations

Descriptions of itemsCPM: Copy speed (Copies Per Minute)

SB/MB: SB = Manual feed single bypass, MB = Manual feed multi bypass

2 tray: Second cassette unit.

SPF: Original feed unit

R-SPF: Duplex original feed unit

Color scanner: Color scanner function

GDI printer: GDI printer function with USB.

PCL printer: PCL printer function with USB.

SOPM: Scan Once Print Many function (Many copies are made by one scan.)

Duplex: Auto duplex copy function

Memory: Standard page memory

FAX: FAX function.

Descriptions of table: Standard provision: No function or no option available

Opt: Option

ItemCPM SB/MB 2 Tray SPF R-SPF Color

ScannerGDI

printerPCL

printer SOPM Duplex Memory FAXModelAL-1215 12CPM SB 8MAL-1530CS 13CPM SB 8MAL-1540CS 14CPM SB 8MAL-1551CS 15CPM MB 16M

AL-1551CS

AL-1540CSAL-1215/AL-1530CS

Page 6: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS SPECIFICATIONS 2 - 1

[2] SPECIFICATIONS

1. Basic Specifications

2. Operation specifications

ItemType DesktopCopy system Dry, electrostaticSegment (class) Digital personal copierCopier dimensions AL-1215 20.4"(W)X18.2"(D)X11.6"(H) (518mm(W)X462.5mm(D)X295.6mm(H))

AL-1530CS 20.4"(W)X18.2"(D)X11.6"(H) (518mm(W)X462.5mm(D)X295.6mm(H))AL-1540CS 20.4"(W)X19.4"(D)X15.0"(H) (518mm(W)X492.5mm(D)X380.4mm(H))AL-1551CS 20.4"(W)X19.4"(D)X18.3"(H) (518mm(W)X492.5mm(D)X465.4mm(H))

Weight (Approximately)

AL-1215 35.3lbs.(17Kg) TD and drum cartridges includedAL-1530CS 35.3lbs.(17Kg)AL-1540CS 41.9lbs.(20Kg)AL-1551CS 50.7lbs.(24Kg)

Section, item DetailsPaper feed section

Paper feed system

AL-1215/1530CS/1540CS 1 tray (250 sheet) + single bypassAL-1551CS 2 tray (500 sheet) + multi bypass (50 sheet)

AB system Tray paper feed section

Paper size A4, B5, A5 (Landscape)Paper weight 56 - 80g/m2 (15 - 21 lbs.)Paper feed capacity 250 sheetsKinds Standard paper, specified paper, recycled paperRemark User adjustment of paper guide available

Multi bypass paper feed section

Paper size A4, B5, A5, B6, A6 (Landscape)Paper weight 52 - 128g/m2 (14 - 34.5 lbs.)Paper feed capacity 50 sheetsKinds Standard paper, specified paper, recycled paper, OHP,

Label, (Single copy)Remark User adjustment of paper guide available

Single bypass paper feed section

Paper size A4, B5, A5, B6, A6 (Landscape)Paper weight 52 - 128g/m2 (14 - 34.5 lbs.)Paper feed capacity 1 sheetKinds Standard paper, specified paper, recycled paper, OHP,

Label, Postal card, Envelop, Post card (Including double postal without fold line)

Remark User adjustment of paper guide availableInch system Tray paper feed

sectionPaper size 8-1/2" x 14", 8-1/2 x 11", 8-1/2" x 5-1/2" (Landscape)Paper weight 15 - 21 lbs.Paper feed capacity 250 sheetsKinds Standard paper, specified paper, recycled paperRemark User adjustment of paper guide available

Multi bypass paper feed section

Paper size 8-1/2" x 14", 8-1/2 x 11", 8-1/2" x 5-1/2", 3-1/2" x 5-1/2" (Landscape)

Paper weight 14 - 34.5 lbs.Paper feed capacity 50 sheetsKinds Standard paper, specified paper, recycled paper, OHP,

Label, Envelop (Single copy)Remark User adjustment of paper guide available

Single bypass paper feed section

Paper size 8-1/2" x 14", 8-1/2 x 11", 8-1/2" x 5-1/2" (Landscape)Paper weight 14 - 34.5 lbs.Paper feed capacity 1 sheetKinds Standard paper, specified paper, recycled paper, OHP,

Label, EnvelopRemark User adjustment of paper guide available

Paper exit section Exit way Face downCapacity of output tray 100 sheets

Originals Original set Center Registration (left edge)Max. original size A4 (8-1/2" x 14")Original kinds sheet, bookOriginal size detection None

Page 7: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS SPECIFICATIONS 2 - 2

*1) May fluctuate due to environmental conditions and the input voltage.

Optical section Scanning section

Scanning system 3 CCDs (RGB) sensor scanning by lighting white lampCCD sensor Resolution 600 dpiLighting lamp Type CCFL

Voltage 560VrmsPower consumption 2.8W

Output data R, G, B 1 or 8 bits/pixel / A/D 16bitWriting section

Writing system Writing to OPC drum by the semiconductor laserLaser unit Resolution 600 dpi

Image forming Photoconductor type OPC (30ø)Life 18k

Charger Charging system Saw -tooth charging with a grid, / (-) scorotron discharge

Transfer system (+) DC scorotron systemSeparation system (-) DC scorotron system

Developing Developing system Dry, 2-component magnetic brush development systemCleaning Cleaning system Counter blade system (Counter to rotation)

Fusing section Fusing system Heat roller systemUpper heat roller type Teflon rollerLower heat roller type Silicon rubber rollerHeater lamp type Halogen lamp

Voltage 100VPower consumption 800W

Electrical section Power source Voltage 100V, 110V, 120/127V, 230V, 240VFrequency Common use for 50 and 60Hz

Power consumption Max. Less than 1000WAverage (during copying)

AL-1215 300 Wh/H *1)AL-1530CS 300 Wh/H *1)AL-1540CS 300 Wh/H *1)AL-1551CS 310 Wh/H *1)

Average (stand-by) ~ 127V 80Wh/H *1), 230V, 240V 75Wh/H *1)Pre-heat mode ~ 127V 16.5Wh/H *1), 230V, 240V 18Wh/H *1)Auto power shut-off mode ~ 127V 80Wh/H *1), 230V, 240V 75Wh/H *1)

Section, item Details

Page 8: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS SPECIFICATIONS 2 - 3

3. Copy performanceSection, item Details AL-1215 AL-1530CS AL-1540CS AL-1551CS

Copy magnification Fixed magnification ratios

3 Reduction + 2 Enlargement (AB system : 25, 70, 86, 100, 141, 400%) (Inch system : 25, 64, 78, 100, 129, 400%)

Zooming magnification ratios

25 - 400% (376 steps in 1% increments)

Manual steps (manual, photo)

5 steps

Copy speed First copy time Tray paper feed 9.6 sec. (Pre-heat mode:25 sec. / Auto power-shut-off mode : 40 sec.) A4 or Letter/100%/Auto Exposure

AB systemA4(Landscape)

Copy speed (CPM)

Same size 12 15 15 15Enlargement 12 15 15 15Reduction 12 15 15 15

AB systemB5(Landscape)

Copy speed (CPM)

Same size 12 15 15 15Enlargement 12 15 15 15Reduction 12 15 15 15

Inch system8-1/2" x 14"(Landscape)

Copy speed (CPM)

Same size 12 12 12 12Enlargement 12 12 12 12Reduction 12 12 12 12

Inch system8-1/2" x 11"(Landscape)

Copy speed (CPM)

Same size 12 15 15 15Enlargement 12 15 15 15Reduction 12 15 15 15

Max. continuous copy quantity 99Void Void area leading edge 1 - 4mm

Trailing edge 4mm or less, 6mm or less (Duplex copying/both image)Side edge void area 0.5mm or more (per side)

4.5mm or less (total of both sides)Image loss leading edge same size: 3.0mm or less (OC) / 4mm or less (SPF/R-SPF/Duplex)

Enlarge: 2mm or less (OC) / 3mm or less (SPF/R-SPF/Duplex) Reduction (50%): 6.0mm or less (OC) / 8mm or less (SPF/R-SPF/Duplex)

Warm-up time 0 sec.Power save mode reset time 0 sec.Paper jam recovery time 0 sec.

Page 9: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS SPECIFICATIONS 2 - 4

4. GDI Printer

*1: Engine Resolution*2: By running change

5. Scan function

* Since only XP is subject to WHQL, XP will be supported to obtain WHQL.

6. SPF

7. RSPF

Print speed Max. 12ppm (A4, 8.5" x 11") (Mono CW chart / Pentium III 733Mhz / 128MB / Win 98)First print time 9.6 sec. (without data transfer time)Duplex YesCPU NoneMemory 8MB (Duplex model: 16MB)Interface IEEE1284 / USB 1.1Emulation GDIResolution 600dpi *1Supported OS Win 95 / 98 / Me / NT 4.0 / 2000 / XPWHQL support Yes *2

Type Flat Bed Color ScannerScanning system Original table/SPF/RSPF (Valid only in the single mode)Light source 3 CCDs (RGB) sensor scanning by lighting white lamp (2 pcs of CCFL)Resolution Optical: 600 x 1200dpi

Setting range: 50 - 9600dpi (Preview resolution is fixed at 75dpi)Originals Sheet type / Book typeOutput data R, G, B 1 or 8 bits/pixel / A/D 16bitScan range OC / SPF: 8.52 (H) x 14.72 (V)"

Original position: Left CenterScan speed OC / SPF: Max. 2.88ms/line (Color/Gray scale), Max. 0.96 ms/line (B & W)Protocol TWAIN / WIA (Only XP)* / STIInterface USB1.1Scanner utility Button Manager / Sharpdesk / ComposerScan key/lamp YesDuplex scan NoSupported OS Win 98 / Me / 2000 / XPVoid area No (User settable by PC)WHQL supported Yes *

Original capacity 30 sheets (52 to 90g/m2)(14 to 23.9 lbs.)Original size A4 to A5/10" x 14" to 5-1/2" x 8-1/2"Original replacement speed 12CPM(A4/8-1/2" x 11"Landscape)(15CPM model)Original placement Face upOriginal weight 52 to 90g/m2(14 - 23.9lbs.)Mixed feeding(Paper size) Performance DegradedOriginal which cannot Thermal papers, originals with punch holes for files, be used folded paper, transparent originals such as OHP films,

stapled or clip used originals with cover up liquid used, Originals with tape sealed, originals with high level frictional coefficient such as photos or catalogs.

Original capacity 30 sheets (52 to 90g/m2)(14 to 23.9 lbs.)Original size A4 to A5/10" x 14" to 5-1/2" x 8-1/2"Original replacement speed 12CPM(A4/8-1/2" x 11"Landscape)(15CPM model)Job speed(Tray1,Landscape) Single copy S to S 12CPM

S to D 5.6CPMD to S 5.5CPMD to D 5.2CPM

Multi copy S to S 15CPMD to S 15CPM

Original placement Face upOriginal weight 52 to 90g/m2(14 - 23.9lbs.)Mixed feeding(Paper size) Performance DegradedOriginal which cannot Thermal papers, originals with punch holes for files, be used folded paper, transparent

originals such as OHP films, stapled or clip used originals with cover up liquid used, Originals with tape sealed, originals with high level frictional coefficient such as photos or catalogs.

Page 10: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS CONSUMABLE PARTS 3 - 1

[3] CONSUMABLE PARTS

1. Supply system table Common to all destinations

2. EnvironmentalThe environmental conditions for assuring the copy quality and the machine operations are as follows:

(1) Normal operating condition

Temperature:20 - 25°CHumidity:65 ± 5%RH

(2) Acceptable operating condition

(3) Optical condition

(4) Supply storage condition

No. Name Content Life Product name Package

1 Develop cartridge (Black) x 1(Except Europe)

Toner/developer cartridge x 1(Toner: Net weight 220g)(Developer: Net weight 190g)

6K(5% document)

AL-100TD 5

2 Develop cartridge (Black) x 1(Except Europe)

Toner/developer cartridge x 1(Toner: Net weight 124g)(Developer: Net weight 190g)

4K(5% document)

AL-110TD 5

3 Develop cartridge (Black) x 1(Europe)

Toner/developer cartridge x 1(Toner: Net weight 124g)(Developer: Net weight 190g)

4K(5% document)

AL-110DC 5

4 Drum cartridge Drum cartridge 18K AL-100DR 5

Humidity (RH)

85%

60%

20%

10˚C 30˚C 35˚C

Humidity (RH)

90%

60%

15%

–25˚C 30˚C 40˚C

Humidity (RH)

90%

20%

–5˚C 45˚C

Page 11: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS CONSUMABLE PARTS 3 - 2

3. Production control number(lot No.) identification

<Developing cartridge>

* Destination

<Drum cartridge>

The label on the drum cartridge shows the date of production.(SOCC production)

<JAPAN production>

*1 The production control label is not attached to the cartridge of aChina product.

Division No.

EX Destination A same pack G

B same pack H

Option Destination A P

B Q

Division No.

Ex production 1

Option 2

Same pack 3

Production month

Production day

Destination code

(Dealer, distributor, OEM, etc.)

Production place

(SOCC: Fixed to B.)

End digit of year

Version No.

Production month

Production day

Destination code

(Dealer, distributor, OEM, etc.)

Production place

(SOCC: Fixed to B.)

End digit of year

Version No.

X000119Ver.A 1

Production month

(1 - 9 = Jan. - Sep. 0 = Oct. X = Nov. Y = Dec.)

Serial number of month

Fixed to 1.

Pack division

(See table below)

End digit of year

Version No.

Production controllabel attachment position

Production controllabel attachment position(*1)

Page 12: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS EXTERNAL VIEWS AND INTERNAL STRUCTURES 4 - 1

[4] EXTERNAL VIEWS AND INTERNAL STRUCTURES

1. Appearance

*1 SPF only *2 RSPF only

2. Internal

1 Original cover 2 Side cover 3 Bypass tray4 Bypass tray guides 5 Side cover open button 6 Front cover7 Paper tray 8 Operation panel 9 Original table10 Document feeder tray 11 SPF exit area *1 / RSPF exit area *2 12 Original guides13 Feeding roller cover 14 USB interface 15 Parallel interface16 Paper output tray 17 Paper output tray extension 18 Power switch19 Handle 20 Power cord

Interface

SPF/RSPF

8

6

7

9

11

12

13

10

2

1 14

15

4

3

5

1617

181920

Single bypass

4

1 TD cartridge lock release button 2 TD cartridge 3 Drum cartridge4 Drum cartridge handle 5 Fusing unit release lever 6 Charger cleaner7 Transfer charger

57

6

1

24

3

Page 13: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS EXTERNAL VIEWS AND INTERNAL STRUCTURES 4 - 2

3. Operation panel

*1. Photoreceptor Cartridge Replacement indicator

After making 17,000 copies, the indicator will be “ON”, and after1,000 copier more are made, the indicator starts blinking andmachine will hard-stop (after current job) until a new cartridge isinstalled. End life of photoreceptor cartridge displays 3-digits x 2-line (total 6-digits) by pressing CLEAR key for five seconds in usersimulation.

*2. Toner Developer Cartridge Replacement

When toner density is lower than a specified level, the TONERDEVELOPER CARTRIDGE REPLACEMENT indicator lights up towarn the user. If the Toner Developer Cartridge is not replaced inthat time, the Ready Lamp changes to blinking and then start tosupply the toner after around 10 copies. (Cartridge replacementlamp continues to light.) If toner density is not back to specific levelafter two minutes, the READY indicator goes out and Toner Devel-oper indicator starts blinking, and the copier stops.

*3. Indicators on the operation panel

The ON LINE indicator and the start ( ) indicator indicate thestate of the printer or scanner.

Start indicator

(AL-1551CS)

13 14 15 16 17 18

1 Duplex Mode select key and indicator(RSPF only)

2 Exposure mode selector key and indicatorsUse to sequentially select the exposure modes: AUTO, MANUAL or PHOTO. Selected mode is shown by a lit indicator.

3 Light and dark keys and exposure indicatorsUse to adjust the MANUAL or PHOTO exposure level.Selected exposure level is shown by a lit indicator.Use to start and terminate user program setting.

4 Alarm indicatorsDrum replacement required indicator *1Misfeed indicatorTD cartridge replacement required indicator *2

5 SPF/RSPF indicator 6 SPF misfeed indicator7 Copy ratio selector key and copy ratio indicators

Use to sequentially select preset reduction/enlargement copy ratios.Selected copy ratio is shown by a lit indicator.

8 Copy ratio display (%) key

9 DisplayDisplays the specified copy quantity, zoom copy ratio, user program code, and error code.

10 SCANNER key and indicator *3, *4

11 ON LINE key / indicatorLights up when the machine is used as a printer and scanner. *3

12 Power save indicatorLights up when the copier is in a power save mode.

13 Paper feed location indicatorsLight up to show the selected paper feed station.

14 Tray select keyUse to select a paper feed station (paper tray or bypass tray).

15 Zoom keys / indicatorUse to select any reduction or enlargement copy ratio from 25% to 400% in 1% increments.

16 Copy quantity keys• Use to select the desired copy quantity (1 to 99).

• Use to make user program entries.17 Clear key

• Press to clear the display, or press during a copy run to terminatecopying.

• Press and hold down during standby to display the total number ofcopies made to date.

18 Print key and ready indicator• Copying is possible when the indicator is on.

• Use to set a user program.

• Press to start copying

On: Indicates the unit is ready for copying or scanning is being performed.

Blinking: Indicates that an interrupt print job is in progress, or that the unit is initializing (the cover has been opened and closed or the power turned off and on).

Off: Indicates copying or scanning is being performed or the unit is in the auto power shut-off mode.

Power save indicatorStart indicator

ON LINE indicatorSCANNER indicator

Page 14: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS EXTERNAL VIEWS AND INTERNAL STRUCTURES 4 - 3

ON LINE indicator

The ON LINE key is pressed and on line and off line are changed.

Power save indicator

Scanner indicator

*4. Using the SCANNER key to begin scanning

This scanning method can only be used if the Button Manager hasbeen installed using the installer. To scan using this method, youmust first complete the settings in Button Manager in your com-puter. For more information on Button Manager, see the onlinemanual or the help file for Button Manager.

Note:

• Scanning is not possible during a copy job.

• If the unit is used to begin a scan job during a print job using theparallel interface connection or the USB interface connection,the scan job will be stored and scanning will begin when the printjob is completed.

• When scanning an original that has been placed in the SPF/RSPF, only one original can be placed unless you are usingSharpdesk.

1) Press the SCANNER ( ) key.

The unit enters scan mode.

2) Place the original you wish to scan on the original table/SPF/RSPF.

For the procedure for placing the original, see "ORIGINALPLACEMENT".

3) Press the right copy quantity key to display the number of theapplication that you wish to use for scanning.

The application numbers are initially as follows.

The application numbers are initially as follows.

4) Press the start ( ) key.

The selected application launches and scanning begins.

On: Indicates the unit is ready for printing or scanning is being performed. (On line)

Blinking: Printing or data is being received from a computer.

Off: Copying is being performed. (Off line)

On: Indicates the unit is in a power save mode.

On: The SCANNER ( ) key has been pressed and the unit is in scanner mode.

Blinking: A scan job is being executed from the computer, or scan data is stored in the unit's memory.

Off: The unit is in the copy mode.

Application number

Application launched

SC1 Sharpdesk (if installed)SC2 E-mail (your standard e-mail program in the

Windows OS you are using)SC3 Fax (if a fax program is installed)SC4 OCR (if an OCR program is installed)SC5 Microsoft Word (if installed)SC6 Any application set in Button Manager

Page 15: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS EXTERNAL VIEWS AND INTERNAL STRUCTURES 4 - 4

4. Motors and solenoids

3

9

2

8

10

4

1

5

7

11

6

No. Part name Control signal Function / Operation1 Main motor MM Drives the copier.2 Scanner motor MRMT Drives the optical mirror base (scanner unit).3 Toner motor TM Supplies toner.4 Cooling fan motor VFM Cools the optical section.5 Resist roller solenoid RRS Resist roller rotation control solenoid6 Paper feed solenoid CPFS1 Cassette Paper feed solenoid 17 Multi paper feed solenoid MPFS Multi manual pages feed solenoid 8 SPF motor SPFM Drives the single pass feeder9 Duplex motor DMT Devices the duplex paper transport section10 Original feed solenoid SPUS Original feed solenoid11 Paper feed solenoid CPFS2 Cassette Paper feed solenoid 2

Page 16: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS EXTERNAL VIEWS AND INTERNAL STRUCTURES 4 - 5

5. Sensors and switches

1 211

9

10

3

4

12

5

6

137

8

No. Name Signal Type Function Output1 Scanner unit home position

sensorMHPS Transmission sensor Scanner unit home position detection "H" at home position

2 POD sensor POD Transmission sensor Paper exit detection "H" at paper pass3 PPD2 sensor PPD2 Transmission sensor Paper transport detection 2 "L" at paper pass4 Cassette detection switch CED1 Micro-switch Cassette installation detection "H" at cassette insertion5 Manual feed detection

switchMFD Transmission sensor Manual feed paper detection

(single only)"L" at paper detection

6 PPD1 sensor PPD1 Transmission sensor Paper transport detection 1 "L" at paper pass7 Door switch DSW Micro-switch Door open/close detection

(safety switch for 24V)1 or 0V of 24V at door open

8 Drum reset switch DRST Micro-switch New drum detection switch Instantaneously "H" at insertion of new drum

9 SPF sensor SPID/SD SW

Transmission sensor Paper entry detectionCover open/close detection

"L" at paper pass

10 SPPD sensor SPPD Transmission sensor Paper transport detection "L" at paper pass11 SDOD sensor SDOD Transmission sensor SPF open/close detection Book

sensor"L" at paper pass

12 2nd cassette DSW Micro-switch 2nd cassette door open detection 1 or 0V of 5V at door open13 PPD3 sensor PPD3 Transmission sensor Paper transport detection 3 "L" at paper pass

Page 17: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS EXTERNAL VIEWS AND INTERNAL STRUCTURES 4 - 6

6. PWB unit

2

4

5

1

8

3

6

7

9

No. Name Function1 Exposure lamp invertor PWB Exposure lamp (CCFL) control2 Main PWB (MCU) Copier control3 Operation PWB Operation input/display4 Power PWB AC power input, DC voltage control, High voltage control5 CCD sensor PWB For image scanning6 LSU motor PWB For polygon motor drive7 TCS PWB For toner sensor control8 LSU PWB For laser control9 I/F PWB Scanner/GDI Printer control (parallel I/F, USB I/F)

Page 18: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS EXTERNAL VIEWS AND INTERNAL STRUCTURES 4 - 7

7. Cross sectional view

3

4

518

8

9

10

11

6

7

121314

1

2

15 16

17

No. Part name Function and operation

1 Scanner unit Illuminates the original with the copy lamp and passes the reflected light to the lens unit(CCD).

2 Exposure lamp Exposure lamp (CCFL) Illuminates original

3 LSU (Laser unit) Converts the original image signal into laser beams and writes onto the drum.

4 Paper exit roller Roller for paper exit

5 Main charger Provides negative charges evenly to the drum surface.

6 Heat roller Fuses toner on the paper. (Teflon roller)

7 Pressure roller Fuses toner on the paper. (Silicon rubber roller)

8 Drum Forms images.

9 Transfer unit Transfers images onto the drum.

10 Pickup roller Picks up the manual feed paper. (In multi feed only)

11 Manual paper feed tray Tray for manual feed paper

12 Manual paper feed roller Transport the paper from the manual paper feed port.

13 PS roller unit Takes synchronization between the lead edge and the rear edge of the paper.

14 Paper feed roller Picks up a sheet of paper from the cassette.

15 Pickup roller Picks up documents.

16 Separation roller Separates documents to feed properly.

17 PS roller Feeds documents to the scanning section.

18 Paper exit roller Discharges documents.

Page 19: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS UNPACKING AND INSTALLATION 5 - 1

[5] UNPACKING AND INSTALLATION

1. Copier installationImproper installation may damage the copier. Please note the followingduring initial installation and whenever the copier is moved.

Caution: If the copier is moved from a cool place to a warm place, con-densation may form inside the copier. Operation in this condi-tion will cause poor copy quality and malfunctions.Leave the copier at room temperature for at least 2 hoursbefore use.

Do not install your copier in areas that are:

• damp, humid, or very dusty

• exposed to direct sunlight

• poorly ventilated

• subject to extreme temperature or humidity changes, e.g., near anair conditioner or heater.

The copier should be installed near an accessible power outlet for easyconnection.

Be sure to connect the power cord only to a power outlet that meetsthe specified voltage and current requirements.

Also make certain the outlet is properly grounded.

Be sure to allow the required space around the machine for servicingand proper ventilation.

2. Cautions on handlingBe careful in handling the copier as follows to maintain the perfor-mance of this copier.

Do not drop the copier, subject it to shock or strike it against anyobject.

Do not expose the drum cartridge to direct sunlight.

Doing so will damage the surface (green portion) of the drum cartridge,causing poor print quality.

Store spare supplies such as drum cartridges and TD cartridges in adark place without removing from the package before use.

If they are exposed to direct sunlight, poor print quality may result.

Do not touch the surface (green portion) of the drum cartridge.

Doing so will damage the surface of the cartridge, causing poor printquality.

3. Checking packed components and accessories

Open the carton and check if the following components and accesso-ries are included.

8"(20cm)8" (20cm)

4"(10cm)

4"(10cm)

Drum cartridge (installed in unit)

Operation manual

AL-1530CS/AL-1540CS/AL-1551CS

Software CD-ROM

TD cartridge

Page 20: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS UNPACKING AND INSTALLATION 5 - 2

4. UnpackingBe sure to hold the handles on both sides of the copier to unpack thecopier and carry it to the installation location.

5. Removing protective packing materials1) Remove pieces of tape and protective cover. Then open the origi-

nal cover and remove protective materials (a) and (b).

2) Release the scan head locking switch.

6. Installing the TD cartridgeThe TD cartridge replacement required ( ) indicator will light upwhen toner is needed. If copying is continued while the indicator islit, copies will gradually become lighter until the copier stops and theindicator begins blinking. Replace the old TD cartridge by following theprocedure given below.

Note:

• After the copier stops, it may be possible to make a few more copiesby taking the TD cartridge out of the copier, shaking it horizontally,then reinstalling it. If copying is not possible after this operation,replace the TD cartridge.

• During long copy run of a dark original, the ready ( ) indicator mayblink, the indicator may light up, and the copier may stop, eventhough toner cartridge is not empty. The copier will feed toner up to 2minutes and then the ready ( ) indicator will light up. Press theprint ( ) key to restart copying.

1) Ensure that the bypass tray is open and then open the side coverby pressing the open button on the side cover.

2) Remove the CAUTION tape from the front cover and remove thetwo protective pins from the fusing unit by pulling the stringsupward one at a time.

3) Push gently on both sides of the front cover to open the cover.

4) Remove the TD cartridge from the bag. Remove the protectivepaper. Hold the cartridge on both sides and shake it horizontallyfour or five times.

AL-1551CS

AL-1540CS

(AL-1551CS only)

AL-1215/AL-1530CS

AL-1540CS/AL-1551CS

AL-1215/AL-1530CS

AL-1540CS/AL-1551CS

Lock Unlock

Grasp here and turn in the direction of the arrow.

CAUTION tape

Protective pins

4 or 5 times

Page 21: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS UNPACKING AND INSTALLATION 5 - 3

5) Hold the tab of the protective cover and pull the tab to remove thecover.

6) Gently insert the TD cartridge until it locks in place.

7) Close the front cover and then the side cover by pressing theround projections near the side cover open button. The indica-tor will go out and the ready ( ) indicator will light up.

Note: When closing the covers, be sure to close the front coversecurely and then close the side cover. If the covers are closedin the wrong order, the covers may be damaged.

7. Loading copy paperNote: This copier is equipped with two paper trays. Load copy paper

into the two paper trays.1) Raise the handle of the paper tray and pull the paper tray out until

it stops.

2) Remove the pressure plate lock. Rotate the pressure plate lock inthe direction of the arrow to remove it while pressing down thepressure plate of the paper tray.

3) Store the pressure plate lock that was removed in step 2 and thescrew that was removed when unpacking the machine in the frontof the paper tray. To store the pressure plate lock, rotate the lockto fix it on the relevant location.

4) Adjust the paper guides on the paper tray to the copy paper widthand length.Squeeze the lever of paper guide (A) and slide the guide to matchwith the width of the paper.Move paper guide (B) to the appropriate slot as marked on thetray.

5) Fan the copy paper and insert it into the tray. Make sure the edgesgo under the corner hooks.

Note: Do not load paper above the maximum height line ( ).Exceeding the line will cause a paper misfeed.

6) Gently push the paper tray back into the copier.

Note: After loading copy paper, to cancel the blinking "H" withoutrestarting copying, press the clear ( ) key. The "P" in thedisplay will go out and the ready ( ) indicator will light up.

8. Power to copier1) Ensure that the power switch of the copier is in the OFF position.

Insert the attached power cord into the power cord socket at therear of the copier.

2) Plug the other end of the power cord into the nearest outlet.

9. Software for the AL-1200(USB) seriesThe supplied CD-ROM includes software for this unit.

MFP driverScanner driver

Permits you to operate scanning function of this unit with TWAIN-com-pliant and WIA-compliant application.

Printer driver

Enables you to use the printer function of this unit with your computer.

Print Status Window

The print state and information on current printing are displayed on thestatus monitor window.

SharpdeskAn integrated software environment that makes it easy to manage doc-ument and image files and launch applications.

Button ManagerButton Manager enabling the SCANNER key located on the unit.

Paper guide (B)

Paper guide (A)

Page 22: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS UNPACKING AND INSTALLATION 5 - 4

(Hardware and software requirements)Check the following hardware and software requirements in order toinstall the software.

*1: Compatible with Windows 98, Windows Me, Windows 2000 Profes-sional, Windows XP Professional or Windows XP Home Editionpreinstalled model with USB interface equipped as standard.

*2: Printing is unavailable in MS-DOS mode.

*3: The administrator's authorization is required to install this softwareusing this installer.

(Before installation)The following table shows the drivers and software that can beinstalled for each version of Windows and interface connectionmethod.

*1: When the unit is connected through the parallel port, the Print Sta-tus Window can only be used when the parallel port is set to ECPmode. To set the parallel port mode, refer to your computer manualor ask the manufacturer of your computer.

*2: Sharpdesk can be installed when using a parallel interface connec-tion, however, the unit's scanner function cannot be used.

• If you are using some of your computer's memory as a RAM drive,the printer driver may not be allocated the correct amount of mem-ory. In such a case, reduce the size of your RAM disk, or do not usethe RAM disk. Please refer to your Windows documentation for fur-ther information.

• Is there another GDI printer driver or a Windows Printing Systemprinter driver already installed? If installed, change the printer portsetting. For the change of the printer port setting, see "USINGOTHER INSTALLED DRIVERS".

(Flow of installation)Refer to the following table and then begin installation

(Installing the software)The following term is used in this section.

MFP

Means the unit as a printer and scanner.

• For this description, it is assumed that the mouse is configured forright hand operation.

• To print or scan, the MFP must be in the online state.

• The scanner feature only works when using a USB interface cable.

• If any error message appears, solve the problem following theinstructions on the screen. After your problem is solved, the installingprocedure will be continued. Depending on your problem, you mayhave to exit the installer. In this case, click the "Cancel" button to exitthe installer. After solving your problem, reinstall the software fromthe beginning.

A. Windows XP (USB/parallel interface)Before starting the installation, make sure the USB or parallel interfacecable is not connected to the MFP.

1) Insert the supplied CD-ROM into your CD-ROM drive.

2) Click the "start" button, click "My Computer", and then double-clickthe CD-ROM icon.

• When any of "Found New Hardware Wizard" messages appearduring the software installation, be sure to click the "Cancel" but-ton.

3) Double-click the "Setup" icon.

If the language selection screen appears after you double click the"Setup" icon, select the language you wish to use and click the"Next" button. (Normally, the correct language is selected automati-cally.)

4) Select the software packages to be installed, and then click the"Next" button.

The software packages with checkmark on the list on the screenwill be installed.

Click the "Display README" button to show the information on theselected package.

Computer type IBM PC/AT or compatible computer equipped with a USB1.1*1 or bi-directional parallel interface (IEEE 1284)

Operating system*2

Windows 95, Windows 98, Windows Me, Windows NT Workstation 4.0 (ServicePack 5 or later)*3, Windows 2000 Professional, Windows XP Professional*3, Windows XP Home Edition*3

Display 800 x 600dots (SVGA) display with 256 colors (or better)

Hard disk free space

150MB or more

Other requirement for hardware

An environment on which any of the operating systems listed above can fully operate

MFP Driver

Button Manager

SharpdeskPrinter driver/

Print Status Window

Scanner driver

Users of Windows 98/Me/2000/XP who will use the USB interface connection

Available*1

Available Available Available

Users of Windows 98/Me/2000/XP who will use the parallel interface connection

Not Available

Not Available

Available*2

Windows 95/NT 4.0 users

Operating system

Interface Reference pages for how to install

Windows XPUSB/

ParallelInstalling onto Windows XP (USB/parallel interface)

Windows 98USB

Installing onto Windows 98/Me/2000 (USB interface)

ParallelInstalling onto Windows 95/98/Me/NT4.0/2000 (Parallel interface)

Windows MeUSB

Installing onto Windows 98/Me/2000 (USB interface)

ParallelInstalling onto Windows 95/98/Me/NT4.0/2000 (Parallel interface)

Windows 2000

USBInstalling onto Windows 98/Me/2000 (USB interface)

ParallelInstalling onto Windows 95/98/Me/NT4.0/2000 (Parallel interface)

Windows 95/NT 4.0

ParallelInstalling onto Windows 95/98/Me/NT4.0/2000 (Parallel interface)

Page 23: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS UNPACKING AND INSTALLATION 5 - 5

• If you are using the parallel interface connection, do not selectthe Button Manager checkbox because this feature is not sup-ported with the parallel interface.

• If the following screen appears, click the "OK" button. Review thecontents in "BEFORE INSTALLATION", and then select onlyappropriate the software packages to be installed.

5) Review the software packages to be installed on the screen, andthen click the "Start" button.

The software packages to be installed will be displayed on thescreen. If inappropriate packages are displayed, click the "Back"button to select appropriate packages again.

6) Copying files for MFP driver installation and parallel interface setup(This step will start if it was selected in step 4).

1. After confirming the message in the "Welcome" window, clickthe "Next" button.

2. A dialog box appears asking you to verify that the USB or paral-lel interface cable is not connected to the MFP. Make sure thatthe interface cable is not connected and click the "Next" button.

3. Click the "Next" button in the dialog box to install the MFP driveror Cancel to quit the installation.

The setup program will start to copy the files.If the following screen appears while the files are being copied(the message may appear more than once), click "ContinueAnyway".

4. When the "The MFP driver installation is complete." dialog boxappears, click the "OK" button.

The Button Manager installer will start.

7) Begin installation of the Button Manager (This step will start if it wasselected in step 4).

1. After confirming the message in the "Welcome" window, clickthe "Next" button.

2. Read the message in the "Please read the following informa-tion." window, and then click the "Next" button.

3. When a message appears that lets you specify the location forthe software to be installed, click the "Next" button.

4. If the program displays, "Do you want the Button Manageradded to Windows Startup?", check "Yes" and click the "OK"button.

The setup program will start to copy the files.

5. Click the "Finish" button when the message informs you thatsetup is successful.

The Sharpdesk installer will start.

8) Begin installation of the Sharpdesk (This step will start if it wasselected in step 4).

1. After confirming the message in the "Welcome to Sharpdeskinstallation" window, click the "Next" button.

2. Read the message in the "Information" window, and then clickthe "Next" button.

3. When the "Choose Destination Location" window appears, clickthe "Next" button.

4. When the "Select Program Folder" window appears, click the"Next" button.

The setup program will start to copy the files.If the dialog box asking "If you have TIFF files saved usingPhoto-Shop or Imaging for Windows you should hit Skip"appears. Answer the question to continue the Sharpdesk instal-lation.

5. Click the "Finish" button when the message informs you thatSetup is complete.

9) Click the "Close" button when the message informs you that "Setuphas finished". When the "Now connect the MFP interface cable tothe PC" dialog box appears, click the "OK" button.

• After the installation, a message to restart your computer may bedisplayed. In this case, click the "Yes" button to restart your com-puter.

• For parallel interface connection ensure that your computer andMFP are turned off before connecting the cable.

10) Connect the USB interface cable or parallel interface cable (seepage 5-8).

Windows will detect the MFP and the Plug and Play screen willappear. If you are using Windows XP with the parallel interface, goto step 12.

11) Begin installation of the scanner driver.

1. "SHARP AL-xxxx" (where xxxx is the model name of yourMFP) will appear in the "Found New Hardware Wizard" dialogbox. Select "Install the software automatically (Recom-mended)" and click the "Next" button.

2. The "Install hardware" dialog box will appear. Click the "Con-tinue Anyway" button.

3. When installation of the driver is completed, click the "Finish"button to finish the scanner driver installation.

Page 24: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS UNPACKING AND INSTALLATION 5 - 6

12) Begin installation of the printer driver.

1. "SHARP AL-xxxx" (where xxxx is the model name of yourMFP) will appear in the "Found New Hardware Wizard" dialogbox. Select "Install the software automatically (Recom-mended)" and click the "Next" button.

2. The "Hardware Installation" dialog box will appear. Click the"Continue Anyway" button.

3. When installation of the driver is completed, click the "Finish"button to finish the printer driver installation.

You have completed the installation of all the software.

B. Windows 98/Me/2000 (USB interface)Before starting the installation, make sure the USB interface cable isnot connected to the MFP.

1) Insert the supplied CD-ROM into your CD-ROM drive.

2) Double-click "My Computer", and then double-click the CD-ROMicon.

• When any of "Hardware Found", or "Found New Hardware Wiz-ard" messages appear during the software installation, be sureto click the "Cancel" button.

3) Double-click the "Setup" icon.

• If the language selection screen appears after you double clickthe "Setup" icon, select the language you wish to use and clickthe "Next" button. (Normally, the correct language is selectedautomatically.)

4) Select the software packages to be installed, and then click the"Next" button.

The software packages with checkmark on the list on the screenwill be installed. Click the "Display README" button to show theinformation on the selected package.

• If the following screen appears, click the "OK" button. Review thecontents in "BEFORE INSTALLATION", and then select theappropriate driver software packages to be installed.

5) Review the software packages to be installed on the screen, andthen click the "Start" button.

The software packages to be installed will be displayed on thescreen. If inappropriate packages are displayed, click the "Back"button to select appropriate packages again.

6) Copying files for MFP driver installation.

1. After confirming the message in the "Welcome" window, clickthe "Next" button.

2. A dialog box appears asking you to verify that the interfacecable is not connected to the MFP. Make sure that the interfacecable is not connected and click the "Next" button.

3. Click the "Next" button in the dialog box showing the files to becopied for installation of the MFP driver.

The setup program will start to copy the files.

In Windows 2000, if the following screen appears while the filesare being copied (the message may appear more than once),click "Yes" in Windows 2000.

4. The following screen appears when all of the files for the USBinterface connection have been copied. If you are not using aparallel interface cable for connection to the MFP, please clickthe "No" button.

5. When the "The MFP driver installation is complete." dialog boxappears, click the "OK" button.

The Button Manager installer will start.

7) Begin installation of the Button Manager (This step will start if it wasselected in step 4).

1. After confirming the message in the "Welcome" window, clickthe "Next" button.

2. Read the message in the "Please read the following informa-tion." window, and then click the "Next" button.

3. When a message appears that lets you specify the location forthe software to be installed, click the "Next" button.

4. If the program displays, "Do you want to add Button Manager toStartup program?", check "Yes" and click the "OK" button.

The setup program will start to copy the files.

5. Click the "Finish" button when the message to inform you of thecompletion of the installation appears.

The Sharpdesk installer will start.

8) Begin installation of the Sharpdesk (This step will start if it wasselected in step 4).

1. After confirming the message in the "Welcome to Sharpdeskinstallation" window, click the "Next" button.

2. Read the message in the "Information" window, and then clickthe "Next" button.

3. When the "Choose Destination Location" window appears, clickthe "Next" button.

4. When the "Select Program Folder" window appears, click the"Next" button.

The setup program will start to copy the files.

If the dialog box asking "If you have TIFF files saved usingPhoto-Shop or Imaging for Windows you should hit Skip"appears. Answer the question to continue the Sharpdesk instal-lation.

5. Click the "Finish" button when the message to inform you of thecompletion of the installation appears.

9) Click the "Close" button when the message to inform you of thecompletion of the installation appears. When the "Now connect theMFP interface cable to the PC. This will finalize the drivers installa-tion and settings." dialog box appears, click the "OK" button.

Page 25: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS UNPACKING AND INSTALLATION 5 - 7

• After the installation, a message to restart your computer may bedisplayed. In this case, click the "Yes" button to restart your com-puter.

10) Connect the USB interface cable (see page 5-8).

Windows will detect the MFP and the Plug and Play screen willappear.

11) Follow the instructions in the Plug and Play screen that appears inyour version of Windows to begin the installation.

You have completed the installation of the software.

C. Windows 95/98/Me/NT4.0/2000 (Parallel interface)Before starting the installation, make sure the USB or parallel interfacecable is not connected to the MFP.

1) Insert the supplied CD-ROM into your CD-ROM drive.

2) Double-click "My Computer", and then double-click the CD-ROMicon.

• When any of "Hardware Found", or "Found New Hardware Wiz-ard" messages appear during the software installation, be sureto click the "Cancel" button.

3) Double-click the "Setup" icon.

• If the language selection screen appears after you double clickthe "Setup" icon, select the language you wish to use and clickthe "Next" button. (Normally, the correct language is selectedautomatically.)

4) Select the software packages to be installed, and then click the"Next" button.

The software packages with checkmark on the list on the screenwill be installed.

Click the "Display README" button to show the information on theselected package.

• In Windows 95/NT 4.0, "Button Manager" does not appear. InWindows 98/Me/2000, do not select the "Button Manager"checkbox. because this is not supported when using the parallelinterface.

5) The next screen appears. Make sure that the parallel interfacecable is not connected, and click "OK".

6) Check the contents of the package on the screen, and then clickthe "Start" button.

The software packages to be installed will be displayed on thescreen. If inappropriate packages are displayed, click the "Back"button to select only appropriate software packages.

7) Copying files for MFP driver installation and parallel interface setup(This step will start if it was selected in step 4).

1. After confirming the message in the "Welcome" window, clickthe "Next" button.

2. A dialog box appears asking you to verify that the USB or paral-lel interface cable is not connected to the MFP. Make sure thatthe interface cable is not connected and click the "Next" button.

3. Click the "Next" button in the dialog box to install the MFP driveror Cancel to quit the installation.

The setup program will start to copy the files.

In Windows 2000, if the following screen appears while the filesare being copied (the message may appear more than once),click "Yes" in Windows 2000.

4. The following screen appears. Click the "Yes" button, and thenthe Model screen will appear. Select the model number that isthe same as the model name of your MFP and click the "Next"button.

Be sure to select the displayed model number that is the sameas the MFP's model name. If they are not the same, the driverwill not be installed correctly.

5. Establish the printer settings and click the "Next" button.

Select "LPT1" for the port to be used. If "LPT1" does not appear,it is likely that another printer or peripheral device is using"LPT1". Check your other printers and peripheral devices, andchange the port setting as needed so no device is using "LPT1".If you wish the MFP to be your default printer, select "Yes". Ifnot, select "No".

6. When the "Setup has completed gathering all necessary instal-lation information" dialog box appears, click the "Yes" button.

The parallel interface driver is installed.

7. When the "The MFP driver installation is complete." dialog boxappears, click the "OK" button.

The Sharpdesk installer will start.

8) Begin installation of the Sharpdesk (This step will start if it wasselected in step 4).

1. After confirming the message in the "Welcome to Sharpdeskinstallation" window, click the "Next" button.

2. Read the message in the "Information" window, and then clickthe "Next" button.

3. When the "Choose Destination Location" window appears, clickthe "Next" button.

Windows 95/NT 4.0 Windows 98/Me/2000

Page 26: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS UNPACKING AND INSTALLATION 5 - 8

4. When the "Select Program Folder" window appears, click the"Next" button.

The setup program will start to copy the files.

If the dialog box asking "If you have TIFF files saved usingPhoto-Shop or Imaging for Windows you should hit Skip"appears. Answer the question to continue the Sharpdesk instal-lation.

5. Click the "Finish" button when the message to inform you of thecompletion of the installation appears.

9) Click the "Close" button when the message to inform you of thecompletion of the installation appears.

• After the installation, a message to restart your computer may bedisplayed. In this case, click the "Yes" button to restart your com-puter.

10) Connect the parallel interface cable.

You have completed the installation of all the software.

• For parallel interface connection ensure that your computer andMFP are turned off before connecting the cable (see page 5-8).

10. Connecting the interface cableThis unit includes both USB and parallel interface connectors.Interface cables for connecting the unit to your computer are notincluded with this unit.

Caution:

• If you intend to use the unit as a scanner, it must be connected toyour computer with a USB interface cable. The scanner function can-not be used if the unit is connected with a parallel cable.

• USB is available with a PC/AT compatible computer that was origi-nally equipped with USB and had Windows 98, Windows Me, Win-dows 2000 Professional, Windows XP Professional or Windows XPHome Edition preinstalled.

• Do not connect the interface cable before installing the MFP driver.The interface cable should be connected during installa-tion of theMFP driver.

Connecting the USB interface cable1) Obtain a shielded USB interface cable.

2) Insert the cable into the USB interface connector located on therear of the unit.

3) Insert the other end of the cable into the interface connector of yourcomputer, or the USB hub connected to your computer.

Connecting the parallel interface cable1) Obtain an IEEE1284 shielded parallel interface cable.

2) Ensure that your computer and unit are turned off.

3) Insert the cable into the parallel interface connector located on therear of the unit, and fasten with clasps.

4) Insert the other end of the cable into the interface connector of yourcomputer.

11. Parallel interfaceThis printer uses a bi-directional parallel interface. Use the suppliedinterface cable.

Connector36-pin ACON RBE42-36K1153 female connector or equivalent con-nector

CableShielded type bi-directional parallel interface For best results, use aprinter interface cable which is IEEE1284 compliant.

Pin configurationThe pin numbers and signal names are listed in the following table.

Pin No. Signal name Pin No. Signal name1 STB 19 GND (STB RET)2 DATA1 20 GND (DATA1 RET)3 DATA2 21 GND (DATA2 RET)4 DATA3 22 GND (DATA3 RET)5 DATA4 23 GND (DATA4 RET)6 DATA5 24 GND (DATA5 RET)7 DATA6 25 GND (DATA6 RET)8 DATA7 26 GND (DATA7 RET)9 DATA8 27 GND (DATA8 RET)

10 ACKNLG 28 GND (ACKNLG RET)

11 BUSY 29 GND (BUSY RET)12 PE (Paper End) 30 GND (PE RET)13 SLTC 31 INPRM14 AUTO LF 32 FAULT15 (NC) 33 (NC)16 GND (0 V) 34 (NC)17 FG 35 +5 V18 +5 V 36 SLTC IN

118

36 19

Page 27: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS UNPACKING AND INSTALLATION 5 - 9

12. USB interface

Connector4-pin ACON UBR23-4K2200

Type-B connector

CableShielded twisted pair cable

(2 m (6 feet) Max.: high-speed transmission equivalent)

Pin configurationThe pin numbers and signal names are listed in the following table.

13. Moving

Moving instructionsWhen moving the unit, follow the procedure below.

Note: When moving this unit, be sure to remove the TD cartridge inadvance.

1) Turn the power switch off and remove the power cord from the out-let.

2) Open the side cover and front cover, in that order. Remove the TDcartridge and close the front cover and side cover, in that order.

To open and close the side cover and front cover, and to removethe TD cartridge, see "TD CARTRIDGE REPLACEMENT".

3) Raise the handle of the paper tray and pull the paper tray out until itstops.

4) Push the center of the pressure plate down until it locks in placeand lock the plate using the pressure plate lock which has beenstored in the front of the paper tray.

5) Push the paper tray back into the unit.

6) Lock the scan head locking switch.

Note: When shipping the unit, the scan head locking switch must belocked to prevent shipping damage.

7) Close the multi-bypass tray and the paper output tray extension,and attach the packing materials and tape which were removedduring installation of the unit. See "PREPARING THE UNIT FORINSTALLATION".

8) Pack the unit into the carton. See "CHECKING PACKED COMPO-NENTS AND ACCESSORIES".

Pin No. Signal name1 +5V2 -DATA3 +DATA4 GND

12

3 4

Page 28: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS COPY PROCESS 6 - 1

[6] COPY PROCESS

1. Functional diagram

(Basic operation cycle)

(20 microns thick)

Aluminum drum

Pigment layer (0.2to 0.3 microns thick)

An OPC drum is used for the photoconductor.(Structure of the OPC drum layers)

OPC layer

Main charger

Laser beam

MG roller

Cleaning blade

Drum

Transfer unit

Resist roller

ExposureMain high voltage unit

Saw tooth Charge

Drum

CleaningCleaning blade

Waste toner box

Paper release Fusing Separation

Heat roller

Heater lamp

Transfer

Transfer charger

Transfer highvoltage unit

Developing

Toner

Developer

Print process

Paper transport route

Semiconductor laser

Manual feed

PS roller

Focus correction lens

Electrode

Synchronizationwith drum

Cassettepaper feed

To facedown tray

Page 29: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS COPY PROCESS 6 - 2

2. Outline of print processThis printer is a non-impact printer that uses a semiconductor laserand electrostatic print process. This printer uses an OPC (OrganicPhoto Conductor) for its photoconductive material.First, voltage from the main corona unit charges the drum surface anda latent image is formed on the drum surface using a laser beam. Thislatent image forms a visible image on the drum surface when toner isapplied. The toner image is then transferred onto the print paper by thetransfer corona and fused on the print paper in the fusing section witha combination of heat and pressure.

Step-1: ChargeStep-2: Exposure* Latent image is formed on the drum.Step-3: Developing

Latent image formed on the drum is then changed into visibleimage with toner.

Step-4: TransferThe visible image (toner image) on the drum is transferredonto the print paper.

Step-5: CleaningResidual toner on the drum surface is removed and collectedby the cleaning blade.

Step-6: Optical dischargeResidual charge on the drum surface is removed, bysemiconductor laser beam.

3. Actual print processStep-1: DC charge

A uniform negative charge is applied over the OPC drum surface bythe main charging unit. Stable potential is maintained by means of theScorotron charger. Positive charges are generated in the aluminum layer.

Step-2: Exposure (laser beam, lens)

A Laser beam is generated from the semiconductor laser andcontrolled by the print pattern signal. The laser writes onto the OPCdrum surface through the polygon mirrors and lens. The resistance ofthe OPC layer decreases for an area exposed by the laser beam(corresponding to the print pattern signal). The beam neutralizes thenegative charge. An electrostatic latent image is formed on the drumsurface.

AboutDC5.5KV

( 580V/ 400V)

OPC layerPigmentlayerAluminumdrum

OPC layerPigmentlayerAluminumlayer

Drum surface chargeafter the exposure

Non-image area Image area

Semiconductor laser

Exposure(semiconductor laser)

Page 30: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS COPY PROCESS 6 - 3

Step-3: Developing (DC bias)

A bias potential is applied to the MG roller in the two componentmagnetic brush developing method, and the toner is charged negativethrough friction with the carrier.Non-image area of the drum surface charged with negative potentialrepel the toner, whereas the laser exposed portions where no negativecharges exist, attract the toner. As a result, a visible image appears onthe drum surface.

Toner is attracted over the shadowed area because of the developingbias.

Step-4: Transfer

The visible image on the drum surface is transferred onto the printpaper by applying a positive charge from the transfer corona to thebackside of the print paper.

Step-5: Separation

Since the print paper is charged positively by the transfer corona, it isdischarged by the separation corona. The separation corona isconnected to ground.

Step-6: Cleaning

Toner remaining on the drum is removed and collected by the cleaningblade. It is transported to the waste toner collecting section in thecleaning unit by the waste toner transport roller.

S

N

N

:Carrier (Magnetized particle):Toner (Charge negative by friction)(N) (S) Permanent magnet

(provided in three locations)

MG roller

DC400V 8V

About DC 5.2kV

Page 31: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS COPY PROCESS 6 - 4

Step-7: Optical discharge (Semiconductor laser)

Before the drum rotation is stopped, the semiconductor laser isradiated onto the drum to reduce the electrical resistance in the OPClayer and eliminate residual charge, providing a uniform state to thedrum surface for the next page to be printed.When the electrical resistance is reduced, positive charges on thealuminum layer are moved and neutralized with negative charges onthe OPC layer.

Charge by the Scorotron charger

Function

The Scorotron charger functions to maintain uniform surface potentialon the drum at all times, It control the surface potential regardless ofthe charge characteristics of the photoconductor.

Basic function

A screen grid is placed between the saw tooth and thephotoconductor. A stable voltage is added to the screen grid tomaintain the corona current on the photoconductor.As the photoconductor is charged by the saw tooth from the maincorona unit, the surface potential increases. This increases the currentflowing through the screen grid. When the photoconductor potentialnears the grid potential, the current turns to flow to the grid so that thephotoconductor potential can be maintained at a stable level.

Process controlling

Function

The print pattern signal is converted into an invisible image by thesemiconductor laser using negative to positive (reversible) developingmethod. Therefore, if the developing bias is added before the drum ischarged, toner is attracted onto the drum. If the developing bias is notadded when the drum is charged, the carrier is attracted to the drumbecause of the strong electrostatic force of the drum.To avoid this, the process is controlled by adjusting the drum potentialand the grid potential of the Scorotron charger.

Basic function

Voltage added to the screen grid can be selected, high and low. Tomake it easily understood, the figure below shows voltage transition atthe developer unit.

Start

1) Because the grid potential is at a low level, the drum potential is atabout -400V. (Carrier may not be attracted though the carrier ispulled towards the drum by the electrostatic force of -400V.

2) Developing bias (-400V) is applied when the photoconductorpotential is switched from LOW to HIGH.

3) Once developing bias (-400V) is applied and the photo conductorpotential rises to HIGH, toner will not be attracted to the drum.

Stop

The reverse sequence takes place.Retaining developing bias at an abnormal occurrence

Function

The developing bias will be lost if the power supply was removedduring print process. In this event, the drum potential slightly abatesand the carrier makes deposits on the drum because of strong staticpower. To prevent this, the machine incorporates a function to retainthe developing bias for a certain period and decrease the voltagegradually against possible power loss.

Basic function

Normally, the developing bias voltage is retained for a certain timebefore the drum comes to a complete stop if the machine should stopbefore completing the normal print cycle. The developing bias can beadded before resuming the operation after an abnormal interruption.Therefore, carrier will not make a deposit on the drum surface.

Semiconductor laser

0START STOP

Print potential

Toner attractpotential

2)

3)

1) Low

4) High Drum potential

Developing bias

Time

Page 32: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTIONS 7 - 1

[7] OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTIONS

1. Outline of operationThe outline of operation is described referring to the basic configuration.

(Basic configuration)

(Outline of copy operation)Setting conditions

1) Set copy conditions such as the copy quantity and the copy densitywith the operation section, and press the COPY button. Theinformation on copy conditions is sent to the MCU.

Image scanning

2) When the COPY button is pressed, the scanner section startsscanning of images. The light from the copy lamp is reflected by the document andpassed through the lens to the CCD.

Photo signal/Electric signal conversion

3) The image is converted into electrical signals by the CCD circuitand passed to the MCU.

Image process

4) The document image signal sent from the CCD circuit is processedunder the revised conditions and sent to the LSU (laser unit) asprint data.

Electric signal/Photo signal (laser beam) conversion

5) The LSU emits laser beams according to the print data.(Electrical signals are converted into photo signals.)

6) The laser beams are radiated through the polygon mirror andvarious lenses to the OPC drum.

Printing

7) Electrostatic latent images are formed on the OPC drum accordingto the laser beams, and the latent images are developed to bevisible images(toner images).

8) Meanwhile the paper is fed to the image transfer section insynchronization with the image lead edge.

9) After the transfer of toner images onto the paper, the toner imagesare fused to the paper by the fusing section. The copied paper isdischarged onto the exit tray.

(Outline of printer operation)The print data sent from the PC are passed through the I/F and theMCU to the LSU. The procedures after that are the same as above 5)and later.

(Outline of scanner operation)The scan data are passed through the MCU and the I/F to the PCaccording to the conditions requested by the PC or set by the opera-tions with the operation panel.

Operationsection

Scanner section

CCD

MCU (Main control/image process section) Printer/Scanner I/F USB or Parallel

PC

Note: The scanner function is effectiveonly by USB connection.

Laser beamPaper exit

Fusing section

Paper transport section

Manual paperfeed section

Cassette paperfeed section

Printer section

LSU (Laser unit)Laser diode, Polygon mirror lens

Process section

Page 33: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTIONS 7 - 2

2. Scanner section

A. Scanner unitThe scanner unit in the digital copier scans images.

It is composed of the optical unit and the drive unit. The optical unitperforms scanning in the main scan direction with the light receivingelements (color CCD). The drive unit performs scanning in the subscanning direction by moving the optical unit.

B. Optical systemTwo white lamps are used as the light source.

Light radiated from the light source is applied to the document on thedocument table. The reflected light from the document is reflected 5times by No. 1 - No. 3 mirrors and passed through the reduction lens toform images on the light-receiving surface of 3-line CCD.

The light-receiving surface of the color CCD is provided with 3 linescanning sections for RGB. Separate images scanned in each colorsection are overlapped to complete color scanning. (When PC scan-ning)

The resolution is 600dpi.

When copying, only the green component is used to print with theprinter.

The color component for printing can be switched to red or blue by theservice simulation.

(Spectrum characteristics of the lamp)

(Spectrum characteristics of the color CCD)

(Optical unit)

C. Drive systemThe drive system is composed of the scanner motor, the pulley gear,the idle pulley, the idle gear, the belt 473, the belt 190, and the shaft.

The motor rotation is converted into reciprocated movements of thebelt 473 through the idle gear, the pulley gear, the belt 190, and theidle pulley to drive the optical unit.

MBVM26W25W260NLH/G

0.00E+00

1.00E-01

2.00E-01

3.00E-01

4.00E-01

5.00E-01

6.00E-01

0 200 400 600 800Wave length (nm)

Inte

nsity

of U

V

Lamp : MBVM26W25W260NLH/GLamp current : 5mATemp. : 25 degree

1 Table glass 2 Optical unit 3 Lens4 Mirror 1 5 Mirror 2 6 Mirror 37 CCD PWB 8 Lamp 9 Reflector

1

98

10 8

9

7

35 4

2

6

1 Scanner motor 2 Pulley gear 3 Idle pulley4 Belt 473 5 Belt 190 6 Optical unit7 Shaft 8 Idle gear 9

7

3 4 6 2 8 5

1

3

Page 34: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTIONS 7 - 3

3. Laser unitThe image data sent from the MCU (image process circuit) is sent tothe LSU (laser unit), where it is converted into laser beams.

A. Basic structureThe LSU unit is the writing section of the digital optical system.

The semiconductor laser is used as the light source, and images areformed on the OPC drum by the polygon mirror and fθ lens, etc.

The laser beams are passed through the collimator lens, the cylindricallens, the polygon mirror, the fθ lens, and the mirror to form images onthe OPC drum in the main scanning direction. The laser emitting PWBis provided with the APC (auto power control) in order to eliminate fluc-tuations in the laser power. The BD PWB works for measurement ofthe laser writing start point.

Makes the laser scanning speeds at both ends of the drum same aseach other.

B. Laser beam path

C. CompositionEffective scanning width: 216mm (max.)

Resolution: 600dpi

Beam diameter: 75um in the main scanning direction, 80um in the subscanning direction

Image surface power: 0.17 ±0.01mW (Laser wavelength 770 - 795nm)

Polygon motor section: Brushless motor 20.787rpmNo. of mirror surfaces: 6 surfaces

4. Fuser section

No Component Function

1 Semiconductor laser Generates laser beams.

2 Collimator lens Converges laser beams in parallel.3 Polygon mirror,

polygon motorReflects laser beams at a constant rpm.

4 BD (Mirror, lens, PWB) Detects start timing of laser scanning.5 fθ lens Converges laser beams at a spot on the

drum.

Makes the laser scanning speeds at both ends of the drum same as each other. (Refer to the figure below.)

1 2 3

4 5

a ≠ b ≠ ca b c

d = e = fd e f

fθ LENS

Page 35: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTIONS 7 - 4

A. General descriptionGeneral block diagram (cross section)

Top view

(1) Heat rollerA Teflon roller is used for the heat roller and a silicone rubber roller isused for the lower heat roller for better toner fusing performance andpaper separation.

(2) Separator pawlThree separator pawls are used on the upper heat roller. The separa-tor pawls are Teflon coated to reduce friction with the roller and preventa smear on the paper caused by the separator pawl.

(3) Thermal control1) The heater lamp, thermistor, main PWB, DC power supply PWB,

and triac within the power supply unit are used to control thetemperature in the fuser unit.To prevent against abnormally high temperature in the fuser unit, athermal breaker and thermal fuse are used for safety purposes.

2) The surface temperature of the upper heat roller is set to 165 -190°C. The surface temperature during the power save mode isset to 100°C.

3) The self-check function comes active when one of the followingmalfunctions occurs, and an "H" is displayed on the multicopywindow.

a. When the heat roller surface temperature rises above 240°C.

b. When the heat roller surface temperature drops below 100°C duringthe copy cycle.

c. Open thermistor

d. Open thermal fuse

e. When the heat roller temperature does not reach 190°C within 27second after supplying the power.

(4) Fusing resistorFusing resistor

This model is provided with a fusing resistor in the fusing section toimprove transfer efficiency.

Since the upper heat roller is conductive, when using copy paper thatcontains moisture and the distance between the transfer unit and thefusing unit is short, the transfer current may find a path to ground viathe copy paper, the upper heat roller and the discharging brush.

5. Paper feed section and paper transport section

A. Paper transport path and general operations

Paper feed is made in two ways; the tray paper feed and the manualpaper feed. The tray is of universal-type, and has the capacity of 250sheets.

The front loading system allows you to install or remove the tray fromthe front cabinet.

The general descriptions on the tray paper feed and the manual paperfeed operation are given below.

Separator pawl

PPD2

Thermal fuse

Thermistor

Heat roller

Paper guide

Pressure roller

Heat rollerThermistor

Thermal fuse

Heater lamp

Separator pawl

Safety device(thermal breaker, thermalfuse)

Triac (in thepower supply unit)

Heated by the heater lamp. (950W)

The surface temperatureof the upper heat roller issensed by the thermistor.

Level of the thermistor iscontrolled by the main PWB.

With the signal from themain PWB, the triac iscontrolled on and off.(power supply PWB)

1 Scanner unit 8 Drum2 Copy lamp 9 Transfer unit

3 LSU (Laser unit) 10 Pickup roller

4 Paper exit roller 11 Manual paper feed tray

5 Main charger 12 Manual paper feed roller

6 Heat roller 13 PS roller unit

7 Pressure roller 14 Paper feed roller

1

54 3

7

6

89

11121314

10

2

Page 36: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTIONS 7 - 5

(1) Cassette paper feed operation1) The figure below shows the positions of the pick-up roller, the

paper feed clutch sleeve, and the paper feed latch in the initialstate without pressing the COPY button after lighting the readylamp.The paper feed latch is in contact with the projection of the clutchsleeve.

2) When the COPY button is pressed, the main drive motor startsrotating to drive each drive gear.The pick-up drive gear also is driven at that time. Since, however,the paper feed latch is in contact with the projection of the clutchsleeve, rotation of the drive gear is not transmitted to the pick-uproller, which does not rotate therefore.

3) After about 0.1 sec from when the main motor start rotating, thetray paper feed solenoid (PFS) turns on for a moment.This disengages the paper feed latch from the projection of theclutch sleeve, transmitting rotation of the pick-up drive gear to thepaper feed roller shaft, rotating the pick-up roller to feed the paper.

4) After more than half rotation of the pick-up roller, the paper feedlatch is brought in contact with a notch on the clutch sleeve,stopping rotation of the pick-up roller.

5) At this time, the paper is fed passed the paper entry detectionswitch (PPD1), and detected by it. After about 0.15 sec fromdetection of paper by PPD1, the tray paper feed solenoid (PFS)turns on so that the clutch sleeve projection comes into contactwith the paper feed latch to stop the pick-up roller. Then the pick-up roller rotates for about 0.15 sec so that the lead edge of thepaper is evenly pressed on the resist roller, preventing againstskew feeding.

6) To release the resist roller, the tray paper feed solenoid and theresist solenoid are turned on by the paper start signal to disengagethe resist start latch from the clutch sleeve, transmitting rotation ofthe resist drive gear to the resist roller shaft. Thus the paper istransported by the resist roller.

7) After the resist roller starts rotating, the paper is passed throughthe pre-transfer guide to the transfer section. Images aretransferred on the paper, which is separated from the OPC drumby the drum curve and the separation section.

8) The paper separated from the drum is passed through the fusingpaper guide, the heat roller (fusing section), POD (paper outdetector) to the copy tray.

OFF

PFS

OFF

RRS

OFF

PFS

OFF

RRS

ON

PFS

OFF

RRS

OFF

PFS

ON

RRS

Page 37: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTIONS 7 - 6

(2) Manual multi paper feed operation1) Before paper feed operation, the manual paper feed solenoid

(MPFS) is turned OFF as shown in the figure below.

2) When the PRINT button is pressed, the manual paper feedsolenoid (MPFS) turns on to disengage the manual paper feedlatch.A from the manual paper feed clutch sleeve A, rotating the manualpaper feed roller and the manual take-up roller. At the same time,the manual paper feed stopper opens and the manual take-uproller is pressed to the surface of the paper to start paper feeding.

3) When pawl C of the manual paper feed clutch sleeve is engagedwith the manual feed latch, the manual feed stopper falls and themanual take-up roller rises. At that time, the manual paper feedroller is rotating.

4) The lead edge of the transported paper is pressed on the resistroller by the transport roller. Then the paper is stopped temporarilyto allow synchronization with the lead edge of the image on theOPC drum.From this point, the operation is the same as the paper feedoperation from the tray. (Refer to A-5 - 8.)

5) The solenoid turns off to close the gate and return to the initialstate.

OFMPFS

F

C A

ON

MPFS

A

C

ON

MPFS

A

C

OF

MPFS

F

A

C

Page 38: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTIONS 7 - 7

(3) Conditions of occurrence of paper misfeeda. When the power is turned on:

PPD or POD is ON when the power is turned on.

b. Copy operation

6. Process unit new drum detection mechanism

1) When the power is turned on, the detection gear 38T is rotated inthe arrow direction by the detection gear 20T to push the micro-switch (process detection switch) installed to the machine sensorcover, making a judgement as a new drum.

2) When the detection gear 38T turns one rotation, there is no gearany more and it stops.The latch section of the 38T gear is latched and fixed with theprojection of the process cover.

7. SPF section

A. OutlineThe SPF (Single Path Feeder) is installed to the AL-1540CS as a stan-dard provision, and it automatically copies up to 30 sheets of docu-ments of a same size. (Only one set of copies)

B. Document transport path and basic composition

a PPD1 jam PPD1 does not turn off within 4 sec after turning on the resist roller.

b PPD2 jam PPD2 is off immediately after turning on the resist roller.

PPD2 does not turn off within 1.2 sec after turning off the resist roller.

c POD jam POD does not turn on within 2.9 sec after turning on the resist roller.

POD does not turn off within 1.5 sec - 2.7 sec after turning off PPD2.

Gear 20T

Process detection switch

Gear 38T

1 Pickup roller 2 Sheet of document for paper feed

3 Set detection ACT 4 Paper stopper5 Document feed roller 6 Separation sheet7 Paper entry sensor 8 PS roller D9 Transport follower roller 10 Paper exit roller

11 Paper exit follower roller 12 Document tray

Gear notch

Gear pawl

Projection

Gear notch

Gear pawl

Projection

213 4 56

7

89

1011

12

Page 39: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTIONS 7 - 8

C. Operational descriptions

D. Cases where a document jam is caused1) When SPPD is ON (document remaining) when the power is

turned on.

2) When SPPD is not turned ON within about 1.5 sec (at 100% copy)after starting the document feed operation.

3) When SPPD is not turned on within about 4.7 sec (at 100% copy)after turning on SPPD.

4) When the SPF document jam release door or the OC cover isopened during document transport (SPF motor rotating).

8. D-D (Duplex to Duplex) mode paper/document transport (Duplex model)

A. Initial stateSet duplex documents on the document tray.

Set paper on the cassette. (In the duplex mode, the manual feed traycannot be selected.)

B. Front copyDocument transport:

The document feed roller feeds the document from the paper feedroller to the PS roller.

• The document is exposed in the exposure section, and sent to thedocument exit section

• by the transport/paper exit roller.

• R-SPF gate solenoid ON

• The document is sent to the intermediate tray.(but not discharged completely.)

• The document is stopped once, then switchback operation isperformed. (To the back copy)

Paper transport:

The document is passed through the paper feed roller and the PSroller by the paper feed roller

and the images on the front surface are transferred.

• The paper is passed through the fusing section and the lower side ofthe gate section to the paper exit tray side, (but not dischargedcompletely.)

• It is stopped once and switchback operation is performed.(To the back copy)

SPID ON

PSW ON

MIRM rotation

MM rotation

CPFS ON

SPFM rotation

SPUS ON

Document set

Document set sensor

Document feed unit lamp ON

PPD ON

RRC ON SPPD ON

POD ON

Copy start

The scanner is shiftedto the exposure position.

(Copier side)

Main motor rotation

Paper feed

Synchronization

(Transfer)

(Fusing) (Document exit)

Paper transport

(Exposure)

In the zooming mode, the magnification ratio in the sub scanning direction (paper transport direction) is adjustedby changing the document transport speed.

(Paper exit)

SPF motor rotation

Document feed

Document transport sensor

Document transport

(SPF side)

Time chart (Tray feed)

752msec

625msec

756msec

PSW

MIRR M

SPF M

CL

SPUSSPPD

SCANST

MAIN M

CPFS1

RRSPPD1

PPD2

POD

Page 40: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTIONS 7 - 9

C. Back copyDocument transport:

By switchback operation, the document is sent through the PS roller tothe exposure section, where the back of the document is exposed.

• It is sent to the document exit section by the transport roller and thepaper exit roller.

• R-SPF gate solenoid ON. The document is sent to the intermediatetray, (but not discharged completely.)

• It is stopped once and switchback operation is performed.

• It is sent through the PS roller and the exposure section (withoutexposure operation) to the document exit section.

• R-SPF gate solenoid OFF

• The document is discharged to the document exit tray.

Paper transport:

Switchback operation is performed.

• The paper is sent through the upper side of the gate section and theduplex transport section, and the PS roller, and the images on theback are transferred.

• It is sent through the fusing section and discharged to the paper exittray.

Switchback operation is made after back copying in order to dischargedocuments according to the setting.

Set document Documents after discharge,

There are following job modes as well as D-D mode.

S - S (Simplex to Simplex)

S - D (Simplex to Duplex),

Rotation copy mode (The back images are rotated 180°C.)

S - D (Simplex to Duplex), Copy mode without rotation

D - S (Duplex to Simplex)

Rotation copy mode:

The front and the back are in upside down each other.

Copy mode without rotation:

The front and the back are not in upside down.

1 with empty feed

4without empty feed

32 3 43 2 14 1 2

Page 41: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 8 - 1

[8] DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

The disassembly and assembly procedures are described for the fol-lowing sections:

1. High voltage section

2. Operation panel section

3. Optical section

4. Fusing section

5. Tray paper feed/transport section

6. Manual paper feed section

7. Rear frame section

8. Power section

9. SPF section

10. 2nd cassette section

11. Duplex motor section

12. Reverse roller section

13. RSPF section

1. High voltage sectionA. List

B. Disassembly procedure

1) Press the side cover open/close button and open the side cover.

2) Push up the lock pawls (2 positions) of the side cover, and removethe transfer charger.

C. Assembly procedure

For assembly, reverse the disassembly procedure.

D. Charger wire cleaning

1) Remove the charger cleaner from the manual paper feed unit.

Before disassembly, be sure to disconnect the power cord forsafety.

1. Do not disconnect or connect the connector and the harnessduring the machine is powered. Especially be careful not todisconnect or connect the harness between the MCU PWBand the LSU (MCU PWB: CN119) during the machine ispowered. (If it is disconnected or connected during themachine is powered, the IC inside the LSU will be destroyed.)

2. To disconnect the harness after turning on the power, besure to turn off the power and wait for at least 10 sec beforedisconnection. (Note that a voltage still remains immediatelyafter turning off the power.)

No. Part name Ref.1 Transfer charger unit2 Charger wire

1)

2)

2)

1)

1)Transfercharger

Lock pawl rear

Lock pawl front

1)

Page 42: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 8 - 2

2) Set the charger cleaner to the transfer unit, and move it recipro-cally a few times in the direction of the arrow shown in the figurebelow.

E. Charger wire replacement

1) Remove the TC cover and remove the screw.

2) Remove the spring and remove the charger wire.

3) Install a new charger wire by reversing the procedures (1) and (2).At that time, be careful of the following items.

• The rest of the charger wire must be within 1.5mm. Refer to Fig.1

• The spring hook section (charger wire winding section) must be inthe range of the projection section.

• Be careful not to twist the charger wire.

2. Operation panel sectionA. List

B. Disassembly procedure

1) Open the side door, and Open the front cover.

2) Remove the screws (4 pcs.), the harness, and the operation panelunit.

1)

2)

3)4)

1mm

1.5mm

Fig.1

1)

1)

2)

3)

Charger wire

Protrusion

No. Part name Ref.

1 Operation panel unit2 Operation PWB

1)

2)

1)

1)

1)

1)

2)

3)

Page 43: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 8 - 3

3) Remove four screws, and remove the operation cabinet.

4) Remove four screws, and remove the operation PWB.

C. Assembly procedure

For assembly, reverse the disassembly procedure

3. Optical sectionA. List

B. Disassembly procedure

1) Remove four screws, and remove the rear cabinet and the rearcabinet cover.

2) Remove the connector and the clamp, and remove the RSPF unit.

3) Remove the four screws, remove the operation unit, and discon-nect the connector.

4) Remove the right cabinet.

5) Remove the left cabinet.

6) Remove the screw, and remove the rear cover.

7) Remove the table glass.

NO. Part name Ref.

1 Copy lamp unit

2 Copy lamp

3 Lens unit

1)

1)

1) 1)

2)

3)

3)

3)

4)

Note that there are 10 pawls

2)

1)

1)

1)

1)

3)

5)

4)

1)

2)

1)

1)

2)

4)

5)

6)

7)

8)

1)

1)

3)

Page 44: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 8 - 4

8) Move the carriage to the position indicated on the figure.

9) Loosen the screw which is fixing the tension plate.

10) Move the tension plate in the arrow direction to release the ten-sion, and remove the belt.

11) Remove the screw, and remove the rod stopper.

12) Remove the rod.

13) Lift the rear side of the carriage, remove the belt and the connec-tor, and remove the carriage.

C. Assembly procedure

CCD core

1) Pass the core through the CCD-MCU harness.

2) Insert the CCD-MCU harness into the CCD PWB connector of thecarriage unit.

3) Move the core which was passed through the CCD-MCU harnessnear the CCD PWB connector as shown in the figure below, and fixit with a filament tape (19mm wide, 40mm long). For the attach-ment reference, refer to the figure below. Clean and remove oilfrom the attachment section.

4) Attach the CCD-MCU harness to the duplex tape on the back ofthe carriage unit.

5) Attach the PWB holder to the position specified in the figure below.

6) Pass the core through the FFC and the PWB holder, and fix thecore.1)

2) 4)

3)

1)2)

3)

1)

2)

4)

3)

Marking lineNote: Attach the FCCto fit with the marking line.

Note: Attach the FCC to the baseplate securely with duplex tape toprevent against coming loose.

Page 45: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 8 - 5

4. Fusing sectionA. List

B. Disassembly procedure

1) Remove the connectors (3 pcs.) of the rear cabinet.

2) Open the side cover, remove two screws, and remove the fusingunit.

3) Cut the binding band, remove the screw, and remove the ther-mistor.

4) Remove the screw and remove the U-turn guide.

Pressure roller section disassembly

5) Remove the three screws, remove the fusing cover lower on theright side, and open the heat roller section.

6) Remove the screw and remove the PPD2 sensor.

No. Part name Ref.

1 Thermistor2 PPD2 sensor

3 Heater lamp

4 Pressure roller

5 Heat roller

1)

2)3)

2)

1)

2)

3)Thermistor

1)

2)

1)

5)

5)

6)

6)

4)3)2)

1)

2)PPD2 sensor

Page 46: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 8 - 6

7) Remove the plate spring on the right and remove the heater lamp.

8) Remove the spring and remove the separation pawls (3 pcs.).

9) Remove the E-ring and remove the reverse gate.

10) Remove the pressure release levers on the right and the left sides.

11) Remove the pressure roller, the pressure bearing, and the spring.

Note: Apply grease to the sections specified with an asterisk (*).

Heat roller disassembly

(Continued from procedure (4).)

5) Remove screws, remove the fusing cover, and open the heat rollersection.

1)

2)

Heater lamp

3)

1)

2)

2)

1)

3)

1)

1)

1)

2)

2)

1)

3)

3)

Pressure roller

1)

2)

2)

3)

3)

Page 47: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 8 - 7

6) Remove the C-ring and the fusing bearing, and remove the heatroller.

7) Remove the parts from the heat roller.

Note: Apply grease to the sections specified with *.

8) Remove two screws and remove the thermo unit.

C. Assembly procedure

For assembly, reverse the disassembly procedure.

5. Tray paper feed/transport sectionA. List

B. Disassembly procedure

1) Remove two screws, and remove the hinge guide R.

2) Disconnect three positions of the connectors.

3) Remove six screws, and remove the scanner unit.

4) Remove the fan duct.

4) Remove each connector and three screws, and remove the MCUPWB.

1)2) 3) Heat roller

1)2

3)

1)

2)

3)

No. Part name Ref.

1 PPD1 sensor PWB2 LSU unit

3 Intermediate frame unit

4 Paper feed roller

2)

1)

2)2)

2) 2)

2)

3)

1)

1)1)

1)1)

1)

2)

2)

2)

3)

Page 48: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 8 - 8

5) Remove the PWB insulation mylar and remove the paper transportdetection sensor (PPD2).

6) Remove two screws and remove the toner motor.

7) Remove two springs and open the intermediate frame unit.

8) Remove the pulleys on the both sides and remove the paper exitroller.

2)

1)

3)

1)

2)

1)

2)

4)

2)

1)3)

Page 49: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 8 - 9

9) Pull out the paper exit roller knob and remove the belt.

10) Release the belt pulley (a) lock and remove the belt pulley bearing.

11) Remove the paper exit roller.

12) Remove the harness guide.

1)

2)

2)3)

1)

Page 50: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 8 - 10

13) Remove five screws and remove the main drive plate and the belt.

14) Remove the parts as shown below, and remove the pressurerelease solenoid and the paper feed solenoid.

15) Remove six screws and remove the LSU unit.

The scan inclination classification is indicated on the right or theleft of the LSU production number label according to the classifica-tion.

When replacing the LSU, add the spacer according to the scaninclination classification. (The spacer is packed together with everyLSU.)

Scan inclination classification check

Scan inclination classification 1: +0.26 – +0.5 (White marking onthe right of the production number label)

Scan inclination classification 2: – 0.25 – +0.25 (White marking)

Scan inclination classification 3: – 0.5 – – 0.26 (White marking onthe left of the production number label)

1)

3)

2)

1)

CAUTION:Attach the gears securely

3)

3)

1)

1)

2)

2)

4)

4)

1)

1)

2)

LSU spacer not required

Machine rear side Add one LSU spacer.

Machine front side Add one LSU spacer.

Page 51: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 8 - 11

Addition of the spacer

Scan inclination classification 1: Add the LSU spacer to the rearside of the machine.

Scan inclination classification 2: No need to add the spacer.

Scan inclination classification 3: Add the LSU spacer to the frontside of the machine.

[Note for assembling the LSU]

When installing the LSU, turn the LSU clockwise and fix withscrews in order to provide an attachment backlash in the properdirection.

Observe the following sequence of fixing screws.

16) Remove each pawl, and remove the paper exit tray.

Insert into thepositioning boss.

Fit the holes and attach.<Machine rear side>

Machine front side

Insert into thepositioning boss.

Fit the holes and attach.

<Machine front side>

13

52 4

6

2)

1)

3)

Page 52: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 8 - 12

17) Remove two screws and remove the fusing connector.

18) Remove five screws and the connector, and lift the intermediateframe unit to remove.

19) Remove the screw and the E-ring, and remove the PS semi-circu-lar earth plate and the PS roller unit.

20) Remove the E-ring and remove the spring clutch from the PS rollerunit.

21) Remove three screws and remove the TC front paper guide.

22) Remove the screw and the connector, and remove the PPD1 sen-sor PWB.

2)

2)

3)

4)

1)

5)

4)

4)

1)

2)

3)

PS roller unit

PS semi-circulerearth plate

5)

4)

4)

1)

2)

3)

PS roller unit

PS semi-circularearth plate

1)

2)

1)

2)

Page 53: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 8 - 13

23) Remove two E-rings and remove the paper feed roller.

24) Remove three E-rings and remove the clutch unit.

C. Assembly procedure

For assembly, reverse the disassembly procedure.

6. Manual paper feed sectionA. List

B. Disassembly procedure

Single unit

1) Remove the screw and remove the single upper cover.

2) Remove the screw and remove the side door detection unit.

No. Part name Ref.

1 Manual transport roller2 Cassette detection switch

3 PPD1 sensor PWB

4 Side door detection unit

4)

5)

1)

2)

3)

4)

Back

Front

Clutch unit

Paper feedroller

1)

2)

1)

2)

Back Wire treatment

Page 54: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 8 - 14

3) Remove three screws and remove the single manual feed upperframe.

4) Remove the PPD1 sensor PWB.

5) Remove the E-ring and remove the manual paper feed transportroller.

6) Remove the cassette detection switch.

1)

2)

1)

3)

1) 2)

Wire treatment

3)

3)

4)

1)

2)

1)

2)

3)

Wire treatment

Page 55: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 8 - 15

7) Remove the multi cover.

Multi unit

1) Remove the screw and remove the multi upper cover.

2) Remove the screw and remove the side door detection unit.

3) Remove three screws and remove the multi paper feed upperframe.

Multi cover

2)

1)

1)

2)

Back Wire treatment

1)

2)

1)

Page 56: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 8 - 16

4) Remove two screws and remove the multi feed bracket unit fromthe multi paper feed upper frame.

5) Remove three E-rings and remove the manual paper feed rollerB9.

6) Remove the pick-up roller.

7) Cut the binding band and remove the multi paper feed solenoid.

C. Assembly procedure

For assembly, reverse the disassembly procedure.

2)

2)

1) 1)

2)

1) 1)

1)

3)

L O C K

TO

K

2)

1)

1)

2)3)Multi paper feedsolenoid

Page 57: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 8 - 17

D. Pressure plate holder attachment

1) Attach the pressure plate holder so that the resin section is notcovered with the seal M1-N.

7. Rear frame sectionA. List

B. Disassembly procedure

1) Remove four screws, and remove the rear cabinet and the rearcabinet cover.

2) Disconnect the connector.

3) Remove two screws, and remove the scanner motor.

4) Remove two screws and one harness, and remove the mainmotor.

5) Remove two screws and one connector, and remove the exhaustfan motor.

C. Assembly procedure

For assembly, reverse the disassembly procedure.

No. Part name Ref.

1 Mirror motor

2 Main motor3 Exhaust fan motor

Pressure plateholder

Seal M1-N

Attachmentreference

Attachmentreference

2)

1)

1)

1)

1)

1)

2)

3)

1)

2)

3)

1)

2)

3)

Page 58: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 8 - 18

8. Power sectionA. List

B. Disassembly procedure

1) Disconnect each connector.

2) Remove the screw, and remove the earth line.

3) Remove two screws, and remove the power PWB unit.

C. Assembly procedure

For assembly, reverse the disassembly procedure.

9. SPF section (SPF model only)

Pickup unit removal

1) Remove three fixing pawls from the bottom of the machine.

2) Remove the front cover and the rear cover.

1) Remove the belt, the paper feed frame Spring, and two harnesses.

2) Remove the pickup unit.

* When installing the parts, be careful of the hole position of the paperframe Spring.

A. Sensor PWB

1) Remove two screws from the bottom of the pickup unit.

2) Remove the upper cover.

1) Remove two screws.

2) Remove the sensor PWB.

3) Remove the harness.

No. Part name Ref.

1 Power PWB

No. Part name Ref.

A Sensor PWB

B Pickup solenoid

C Clutch

D Manual paper feed roller, pickup rollerE Belt

F SPF motor

G Paper entry sensor

H PS roller

I Paper exit roller

1) 1)1)

1)

2)

3)

4)

4)5)

1)

1

2

2

1

1

34

32

11

2

1

1

11

2

3

Page 59: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 8 - 19

B. Pickup solenoid

1) Remove two screws.

2) Remove the pickup solenoid

* When installing, hang iron core A on the solenoid arm.

C. Clutch

1) Remove the E-ring.

2) Remove the pulley and bush.

3) Slide the bush in the arrow direction.

4) Lift the clutch, and 5) remove the clutch.

1) Remove the E-ring.

2) Remove the parts.

D. Manual paper feed roller, pickup roller

1) Lift the paper stopper.

2) Slide the take-up roller unit.

3) Slide the bushing in the direction of the arrow.

4) Remove the take-up roller unit.

* When installing the take-up roller, hang the projection of the take-uproller unit on the solenoid arm.

1) Remove the parts.

2) Remove the manual paper feed roller.

3) Remove the pickup roller.

4) Remove the parts.

Transport unit removal

1) Remove two screws.

2) Remove the document tray unit.

3) Remove five screws.

4) Remove the transport unit.

12

A

1

5

2

43

1

2

1

42

3

A

1

2

3 1

1

4

1

2

1

3

3

3

3

4

Page 60: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 8 - 20

E. Belt

1) Remove the belt.

F. SPF motor

1) Remove the harness.

2) Remove four screws.

3) Remove the drive unit.

4) Remove the belt.

5) Remove two screws.

6) Remove the SPF motor.

G. Paper entry sensor

1) Loosen the screw.

2) Open the paper exit paper guide.

3) Remove the paper entry sensor.

4) Remove the harness.

H. PS roller

1) Remove the parts.

2) Remove the paper supply roller.

I. Paper exit roller

1) Remove the parts.

2) Remove the paper exit roller.

3

1

1

2

3

12

2

4

5

5

6

1

4

2

3

1

1

2

1

2

1

Page 61: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 8 - 21

10. 2nd cassette section

Paper feed unit removal

1) Remove the screw.

2) Remove the rear cover.

* When installing, engage the pawl and install the unit.

1) Open the right cabinet.

2) Remove three screws.

3) Remove one connector from MCU.

4) While tilting down the 2nd connection arm A, pull and remove thepaper feed unit toward you.

* When installing, securely insert two bosses C on the machine sideand two bosses D on the paper feed unit side. Be sure to secure theground wire B.

* Insert the 2nd page feed.

A. Paper sensor

1) Remove the pawl.

2) Remove the paper sensor.

3) Remove the harness.

No. Part name Ref.

A Paper sensor

B Cassette detection SW

C Paper feed solenoidD Transport roller

E Paper feed clutch

F 2nd paper feed roller

2)

1)

1)

1)

1)

12A

1

2

4

B

A

3

2

D

D

C

2

3

1

Page 62: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 8 - 22

B. Cassette detection switch

1) Remove the pawl.

2) Remove the cassette detection switch.

3) Remove the harness.

C. Paper feed solenoid

1) Remove the screw.

2) Remove the connector.

3) Remove the paper feed solenoid.

D. Transport roller

1) Remove two E-rings.

2) Remove the transport roller.

* Install so that the earth spring A is brought into contact over bearingB.

E. Paper feed clutch

1) Remove the E-ring.

2) Remove the paper feed clutch.

3) Remove the parts.

* When installing, fit the cut surface A.

F. 2nd paper feed roller

1) Remove the E-ring and the parts.

2) Remove the 2nd paper feed roller.

* When installing, hang the 2nd connection arm on the 2nd connectionarm Spring B. Be sure to install so that the earth spring C is incontact under the bearing D.

1

2

3

1

2

3

4

2

1

3AB

A

1

2

3

B

1

2

1

CD

A

Page 63: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 8 - 23

11. Duplex motor section (RSPF model only)

A. Remove the rear cabinet.

1) Remove four screws.

2) Remove the rear cabinet.

B. Remove the main PWB.

1) Disconnect each connector.

2) Remove four screws, and remove the MCU PWB.

3) Disconnect the connector.

4) Remove five screws, and remove the I/F PWB.

C. Remove the Duplex motor.

1) Remove two screws.

2) Remove the Duplex motor cover.

3) Remove the Duplex motor.

Note: When reassembling, be sure to engage the Duplex motor gearwith the belt on the main body side.

12. Reverse roller section (RSPF model only)

A. Remove the reverse unit.

1) Remove four screws

2) Remove the spring, and the earth wire

3) Remove the reverse unit.

B. Remove the reverse roller.

1) Bend the reverse roller and remove it.

1)

1)

1)

1)1)

1)1)

1)2)

2)

2)

3)1)

1)

2)

2)

2)

12

3

1

1

2

3

1

Page 64: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 8 - 24

13. RSPF section (RSPF model only)A. RSPF

(1) Remove the rear cabinet.

1) Remove four screws.

2) Remove the rear cabinet.

(2) Remove the RSPF.

1) Remove the connector and the cable.

2) Remove the RSPF.

B. Intermediate tray

1) Remove the intermediate tray.

C. Upper cover

1) Remove four screws from the bottom of the main body.

2) Remove the upper cover.

D. Pickup unit

1) Remove the belt, the paper feed frame spring, and two harnesses.

2) Remove the pickup unit.

Note: When reassembling, be careful of the hole position for the paperfeed frame spring.

1

2

1

1

2

1

1

1

1

2

1

1

Page 65: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 8 - 25

E. Upper cover of the pickup unit.

1) Remove two screws from the bottom of the pickup unit.

2) Remove the upper cover.

F. Sensor PWB

1) Remove two screws.

2) Remove the sensor PWB.

3) Remove the harness.

G. Pickup solenoid

1) Remove two screws.

2) Remove the pickup solenoid.

Note: When reassembling, hang the iron core on the solenoid arm.

H. Clutch

(1) Remove the clutch unit.

1) Remove the E-ring.

2) Remove the pulley and the bush.

3) Slide the bush in the arrow direction.

4) Lift the clutch pawl.

5) Remove the clutch unit.

1

2

1

11

2

3

12

A

1

5

2

43

Page 66: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 8 - 26

(2) Remove the clutch

1) Remove the E-ring.

2) Remove the parts.

I. Manual paper feed roller, pickup roller

(1) Remove the pickup unit.

1) Lift the paper stopper.

2) Slide the take-up roller unit.

3) Slide the bushing in the arrow direction.

4) Remove the take-up roller.

Note: When reassembling, hang the convex portion of the roller uniton the solenoid arm.

(2) Remove the Manual paper feed roller, pickup roller.

1) Remove the parts.

2) Remove the manual paper feed roller.

3) Remove the pickup roller.

4) Remove the parts.

J. Transport unit removal

1) Disconnect the connector, and cut the binding band.

2) Remove two screws, and remove the document tray unit.

3) Remove five screws, and remove the transport unit.

1

2

1

42

3

A

1

2

31

1

4

3

4

5

1

3

5

55

6

2

Page 67: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 8 - 27

K. Belt 1

1) Remove the belt.

L. Belt 2

1) Remove three screws.

2) Remove the drive unit.

3) Remove the belt.

Note: When reassembling, hang the belt on the boss.

M. SPF motor

1) Remove the harness.

2) Remove two screws.

3) Remove the SPF motor.

N. Solenoid

1) Remove the harness.

2) Remove two screws.

3) Remove the solenoid.

1

12

3

1

1

2

3

1

2

3

Page 68: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 8 - 28

O. Clutch

1) Cut the band with nippers.

2) Remove the harness.

3) Remove the clutch.

P. Paper supply roller

(1) Remove the parts.

1) Remove the two screws.

2) Remove the parts.

(2) Remove the paper supply roller.

1) Loosen the screw.

2) Open the paper exit paper guide.

3) Remove the parts.

4) Remove the paper supply roller.

Q. Paper entry sensor

1) Loosen the screw.

2) Open the paper exit paper guide.

3) Remove the paper entry sensor.

4) Remove the harness.

1

1

2

3

1

21

2 1

3

3

4

1

4

2

3

Page 69: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 8 - 29

R. Transport roller 1.

(1) Remove the parts.

1) Remove the parts.

(2) Remove the parts.

1) Loosen the screw.

2) Open the paper exit paper guide.

3) Remove the parts.

(3) Remove the transport roller.

1) Remove the paper exit paper guide.

2) Remove the transport roller.

S. Paper exit roller

(1) Remove the parts.

1) Remove two screws.

2) Remove the parts.

1

1

1

12

3

1

2

1

1

2

Page 70: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 8 - 30

(2) Remove the paper feed paper guide upper.

1) Remove two screws.

2) Remove the paper feed paper guide upper.

(3) Remove the paper exit roller.

1) Remove the parts.

2) Remove the paper exit roller.

T. Solenoid

(1) Remove the reverse gate

1) Remove the ring

2) Remove the reverse gate

Note: When reassembling, be careful of the groove and the holepositions of the spring.

Note: When reassembling, hang 2) on the solenoid.

(2) Remove the solenoid.

1) Remove the screw.

2) Remove the solenoid.

1

2

1

1

2

1

2

1

2

Page 71: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS ADJUSTMENTS 9 - 1

[9] ADJUSTMENTS

1. Optical section

A. Copy magnification ratio adjustmentThe copy magnification ratio must be adjusted in the main scanningdirection and in the sub scanning direction. To adjust, use SIM 48-1.

(1) OutlineThe main scanning (front/rear) direction magnification ratio adjustmentis made automatically or manually.

Automatic adjustment: The width of the reference line marked on theshading correction plate is scanned to perform the main scanning(front/rear) direction magnification ratio adjustment automatically.

Manual adjustment: The adjustment is made by manual keyoperations. (In either of the automatic and manual adjustments, thezoom data register set value is changed for adjustment.)

The magnification ratio in the sub scanning direction is adjusted bychanging the carriage (scanner) scanning speed.

(2) Main scanning direction magnification ratio adjustment

a. Cases when the adjustment is required

1) When the main PWB is replaced.

2) When the EEPROM in the main PWB is replaced.

3) When "U2" trouble occurs.

4) When repairing or replacing the optical section.

b. Necessary tools

• Screwdriver (+)

• Scale

c. Adjustment procedure

1) Set the scale vertically on the document table. (Use a long scalefor precise adjustment.)

2) Set the copy magnification ratio to 100%.

3) Make a copy on A4 or 81/2" x 11" paper.

4) Measure the length of the copied scale image.

5) Calculate the main scanning direction magnification ratio. Main scanning direction magnification ratio

6) Check that the copy magnification ratio is within the specifiedrange. If it is not within the specified range, perform the followingprocedures.

7) Execute SIM 48-1 to select the main scanning direction copymagnification ratio adjustment mode.To select the adjustment mode, use the copy mode select key.

In the case of the automatic adjustment, when the PRINT switch ispressed, the mirror base unit moves to the white plate for shading toscan the width of the reference line, calculating the correction valueand displaying and storing this value.

After execution of the automatic adjustment, go out from the simulationmode and make a copy to check the magnification ratio.

If the magnification ratio is not in the specified range (100±1.0%),manually adjust as follows.

8) Set the adjustment mode to Manual with the copy mode select key.

9) Enter the new set value of main scanning direction copymagnification ratio with the copy quantity set key, and press theCOPY button.

10) Change the set value and repeat the adjustment until the ratio iswithin the specified range.When the set value is changed by 1, the magnification ratio ischanged by 0.1%.

(3) Sub scanning direction copy magnification ratio

a. Cases when the adjustment is required

1) When the scanner unit drive section is disassembled or the part isreplaced.

2) When the main PWB is replaced.

3) When the EEPROM in the main PWB is replaced.

4) When "U2" trouble occurs.

b. Necessary tools

• Scale

=Copy image dimensions

X 100 (%)Original dimension

Adjustment mode Lighting lamp

Main scanning direction auto copy magnification ratio adjustment

Auto exposure lamp ON

Main scanning direction manual copy magnification ratio adjustment

Manual exposure lamp ON

Sub scanning direction copy magnification ratio adjustment

Photo exposure lamp ON

SPF mode scanning direction magnification ratio adjustment

Auto, Manual, Photo lamp ON

100 110 120 130 150140mm1/2mm

JAPAN

HARDENEDSTAINLESS

Shizuoka

100 110 120 130 150140mm1/2mm

JAPAN

HARDENEDSTAINLESS

Shizuoka

110

10 20

10 20

(When a 100mm scale is used as the original.)

Paper feeddirection

Reference Comparison point

Original (Scale)

Copy

Page 72: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS ADJUSTMENTS 9 - 2

c. Adjustment procedure

1) Set the scale on the document table as shown below. (Use a longscale for precise adjustment.)

2) Set the copy magnification ratio to 100%.

3) Make a copy on A4 or 81/2" x 11" paper.

4) Measure the length of the copied scale image.

5) Calculate the sub scanning direction copy magnification ratiousing the formula below.

6) Check that the actual copy magnification ratio is within thespecified range. (100 ± 1.0%).If it is not within the specified range, perform the followingprocedures.

7) Execute SIM 48-1 to select the sub scanning direction copymagnification ratio adjustment mode.To select the adjustment mode, use the copy mode select key.(Photo exposure lamp ON)

8) Enter the new set value of sub scanning direction copymagnification ratio with the copy quantity set key, and press theCOPY button.

Repeat procedures 1) - 8) until the sub scanning direction actual copymagnification ratio in 100% copying is within the specified range.

When the set value is changed by 1, the magnification ration ischanged by 0.1%.

B. Image position adjustmentThere are following five kinds of image position adjustments, which aremade by laser control except for the image scan start positionadjustment. For the adjustments, SIM 50 - 01, 50 - 10, 50 - 18 and SIM50 - 19 are used.

To select the adjustment mode with SIM 50 - 01, use the copy modeselect key.

The relationship between the adjustment modes and the lighting lamps are as shown in the table below.

: Supported for the installing model and skipped for non-installingmode.

To select the adjustment mode with SIM 50 - 10, use the copy modeselect key.

The relationship between the adjustment modes and the lighting lampsare as shown in the table below.

Machine with the multi manual paper feed unit

Machine with the single manual paper feed unit

Duplex copy rear edge void adjustment mode

=Copy image dimensions

X 100 (%)Original dimension

100 110 120 130 150140mm1/2mm

JAPAN

HARDDENCDSTAINLESS

Shizuoka

100 110 120 130 150140mm1/2mm

JAPAN

HARDDENCDSTAINLESS

Shizuoka

110

10 20

10 20

Original (Scale)

Paper feeddirection

Reference Comparison point Copy

No. Adjustment item Simulation1 Print start position 50 - 012 Image lead edge void amount 50 - 013 Image scan start position 50 - 014 Image rear edge void amount 50 - 015 SPF image scan start position 50 - 016 Center offset 50 - 107 Memory reverse position adjustment in

duplex copy50 - 18

8 Duplex copy rear edge void adjustment 50 - 199 Duplex back print start position 50 - 19

Adjustment mode Lamp ON

Print start position (Main cassette paper feed)

AE, main cassette lamp

Print start position (2nd cassette paper feed)

AE, 2nd cassette lamp

Print start position (Manual paper feed) AE, manual feed lamp

Image lead edge void quantity TEXT lamp

Image scan start position PHOTO lamp

Image rear edge void quantity AE, TEXT, PHOTO lamp

SPF image scan start position AE, TEXT lamp

Adjustment mode Lamp ON

Print center offset (Main cassette paper feed)

AE, main cassette lamp

Print center offset (Manual paper feed) AE, manual paper feed lamp

OC/document center offset AE, TEXT lamp

Adjustment mode Lamp ON

Print center offset (Main cassette paper feed)

AE, main cassette lamp

Print center offset (Manual paper feed) AE, manual paper feed lamp

OC/document center offset AE, TEXT lamp

Adjustment mode Lamp ONImage cut rear edge void quantity (RSPF)

AE lamp

Paper rear edge void quantity TEXT lampPrint start position (Duplex back) PHOTO lampRSPF (Back) original center offset AE, TEXT, PHOTO lamps

Page 73: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS ADJUSTMENTS 9 - 3

(1) Lead edge adjustment1) Set a scale to the center of the paper lead edge guide as shown

below, and cover it with B4 or 8 1/2" x 14" paper.

2) Execute SIM 50 - 01

3) Set the print start position (AE lamp ON) (A), the lead edge voidamount (TEXT lamp ON) (B), and the scan start position (PHOTOlamp ON) (C) to 0, and make a copy of a scale at 100%.

4) Measure the image loss amount (R mm) of the scale image.Set C = 10 X R (mm). (Example: Set the value of C to 30.)When the value of C is increased by 10, the image loss isdecreased by 1mm. (Default: 50)

5) Measure the distance (H mm) between the paper lead edge andthe image print start position.Set A = 10 X H (mm). (Example: Set the value of A to 50.)When the value of A is increased by 10, the image lead edge isshifted to the paper lead edge by 1mm. (Default: 50)

6) Set the lead edge void amount to B = 50 (2.5mm).When the value of B is increased by 10, the void amount isincreased by about 1mm. For 25 or less, however, the void amountbecomes zero. (Default: 50)

(2) Image rear edge void amount adjustment1) Set a scale to the rear edge section of A4 or 11" x 8 1/2" paper size

as shown in the figure below, and cover it with B4 or 8 1/2" x 14"paper.

2) Execute SIM 50 - 01 to select the image rear edge void amountadjustment mode.The set adjustment value is displayed on the copy quantity display.

3) Make a copy and measure the void amount of image rear edge.

4) If the measurement value is out of the specified range, change theset value and repeat the adjustment procedure.The default value is 50.

Note: The rear edge void cannot be checked with the first sheet afterentering the simulation mode, the first sheet after turning off/onthe power, or the first sheet after inserting the cassette. Use thesecond or later sheet to check the rear edge void.

(3) Center offset adjustment1) Set the self-made test chart for the center position adjustment so

that its center line is aligned with the center mark of the documentguide.

• Test chart for the center position adjustment.Draw a line at the center of A4 or 8 1/2" x 11" paper in the papertransport direction.

2) Execute SIM 50 - 10 to select the print center offset (cassettepaper feed) adjustment mode.The set adjustment value is displayed on the copy quantity display.

5mm

10mm

(Example)Distance between paper leadedge and image: H = 5mm

Image loss:R = 3mm

B4 or 8 1/2″ × 14″ paper

A4 size rear edge

Scale image

Paper rear edge

Void amount (Standard value: 2 3mm)

Document guide

Center

Copy paper(A4 or 8 1/2″ × 11″)

Page 74: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS ADJUSTMENTS 9 - 4

3) Make a copy and check that the copied center line is properlypositioned.The standard value is 0 ±2mm from the paper center.

4) If the measured value is out of the specified range, change the setvalue and repeat the adjustment procedure.When the set value is increased by 1, the copy image is shifted by0.1mm toward the rear frame.

• For the manual paper feed, change the manual paper feedadjustment mode and perform the similar procedures.

• Since the document center offset is automatically adjusted by theCCD which scan the reference lines (F/R) on the back of documentguide, there is no need to adjust manually.

2. Copy density adjustment

A. Copy density adjustment timingThe copy density adjustment must be performed in the following cases:

• When maintenance is performed.

• When the developing bias/grid bias voltage is adjusted.

• When the optical section is cleaned.

• When a part in the optical section is replaced.

• When the optical section is disassembled.

• When the OPC drum is replaced.

• When the main control PWB is replaced.

• When the EEPROM on the main control PWB is replaced.

• When the memory trouble (U2) occurs.

B. Note for copy density adjustment1) Arrangement before execution of the copy density adjustment

• Clean the optical section.

• Clean or replace the charger wire.

• Check that the voltage at the high voltage section and thedeveloping bias voltage are in the specified range.

C. Necessary tool for copy density adjustment• One of the following test charts:

UKOG-0162FCZZ, UKOG-0089CSZZ, KODAK GRAY SCALE

• B4 (14" x 8 1/2") white paper

• The user program AE setting should be "3."

Test chart comparison table

D. Features of copy density adjustmentFor the copy density adjustment, the image data shift function providedin the image process LSI is used.

List of the adjustment modes

E. Copy density adjustment procedureUse SIM 46 - 01 to set the copy density for each copy mode.

For selection of modes, use the copy mode select key.

(1) Test chart (UKOG-0162FCZZ) setting1) Place the test chart so that its edge is aligned with the A4 (Letter)

reference line on the document table. Then place a A4 (14" x 8 1/2") white paper on the test chart and close the document cover.

(Copy A)

(Copy B)

2.0mm or less

2.0mm or less

Copy image

Copy paperfolding line

Copy image

Copy paperfolding line

Shift

Shift

(Paper feed direction)

1 10 W2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

UKOG-0162FCZZ DENSITY No.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 W

UKOG-0089CSZZ DENSITY No.

0.1 0.2 0.3 0.5 1.9 0

KODAK GRAY SCALE

1 2 3 4 19 A

Auto Mode Brightness 1 step only

Manual Mode Brightness 5 steps. Adjustment of only the center brightness is made.

Photo Mode Brightness 5 steps. Adjustment of only the center brightness is made.

Manual T/S mode

Brightness 5 steps. Adjustment of only the center brightness is made.

T/S Auto mode Brightness 1 step only

Test chart

White paper

Page 75: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS ADJUSTMENTS 9 - 5

(2) Perform the adjustment in each mode.1) Execute SIM 46-1.

2) Select the mode to be adjusted with the exposure mode select key.Set the exposure level to 3 for all adjustment. (Except for the automode.)

3) Make a copy.Check the adjustment level (shown in the above table) of theexposure test chart (Sharp Gray Scale).

(When too bright): Decrease the value displayed on the copy quantitydisplay.

(When too dark): Increase the value displayed on the copy quantitydisplay.

* The value can be set in the range of 1 - 99.

3. High voltage adjustment

A. Main charger (Grid bias)Note:

• Use a digital multi meter with internal resistance of 10MΩ or moremeasurement.

• After adjusting the grid LOW output, adjust the HIGH output. Do notreverse the sequence.

Procedures

1) Set the digital multi meter range to DC700V.

2) Set the positive side of the test rod to the connector CN11-3(GRID) of high voltage section of the power PWB and set thenegative side to the frame ground (power frame).

3) Execute SIM 8-3. (The main charger output is supplied for 30 secin the grid voltage LOW output mode.)

4) Adjust the control volume (VRG2) so that the output voltage is– 390 ±20V.

5) Execute SIM 8-2. (The main charger output is supplied for 30 secin the grid voltage HIGH output mode.)

6) Adjust the control volume (VRG1) so that the output voltage is 580±12V.

B. DV bias check

Procedures

1) Set the digital multi meter range to DC500V.

2) Set the positive side of the test rod to the connector CN-10-1 (DVBIAS) and set the negative side to the frame ground (powerframe).

3) Execute SIM 8-1 to output the developing bias for 30sec, andcheck that the output is – 400±8V.

Adjustment modeExposure mode

display lampSharp gray chart adjustment level

Auto mode Auto lamp ON "3" is slightly copied.

Manual mode Manual lamp ON "3" is slightly copied.

Photo mode Photo lamp ON "3" is slightly copied.

Manual T/S mode Manual lamp/Photo lamp ON

"3" is slightly copied.

Auto T/S mode Auto lamp/Photo lamp ON "3" is slightly copied.

Sharp Gray Scale adjustment level

Non toner save mode

Toner save mode

(1) Mode select key/display lamp

(2) Exposure level select key/display lamp

(1) (2)

1 10 W2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Slightly copied.

Not copied.

1 10 W2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Slightly copied.

Not copied.

Note: • A digital multi meter with internal resistance of 1GΩ must beuse for correct check.

• The adjustment volume is locked, and no adjustment can bemade.

VRG1VRG2

VRDV

Page 76: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS ADJUSTMENTS 9 - 6

4. Duplex adjustment

A. Adjusting the paper reverse position in memory for duplex copying

This step adjusts the front surface printing (odd-number pages of adocument set) in the S-D mode copying and the leading edge positionof an image on even-number pages in the D-S mode.

That is, it covers the adjustment of the second surface printing mode(image loss at the front edge of an image) in which image data is oncestored in memory.

The image data is read, starting from its front end in the documentdelivery direction (Reference direction of document setting in the OCmode)and stored in memory.

This stored image data is printed starting at the printing start position,in the order of last-stored data to the first-stored data.

In other words, the front edge image loss of the image can be adjustedby changing the document read end position.

(Adjustment procedure)

1) Preparing test chart (Draw a scale at the rear end of one side of asheet of A4 white paper or letter paper)

2) Set the test chart so that the scale is positioned as shown below, inthe S-D mode and the D-S mode.

3) Execute simulation 50-18 to make a copy and check the front edgeimage loss at the area where the scale is printed.Adjust the setting so that the front edge image loss is less than 4.0mm in the R-SPF mode.An increase of 1 in setting represents an increase of 0.1 mm inimage loss.

B. Adjusting trailing edge void in duplex copy modeThis is the adjustment of the first surface printing mode (rear end void)in duplex copying.

In a duplex copying operation, the paper is delivered starting from therear end of the first printing surface. It is therefore necessary to make avoid area at the rear end on the first printing surface to prevent paperjam at the fusing part.

There are two adjustment modes:

1) Image cut rear end void quantity (R-SPF) 50-19(AE) The size (length) of a document read from the R-SPF is detected,the image at the trailing edge of the first printing surface is cut tomake a void area. (The adjustment of void quantity at the timewhen the cassette paper size is not recognized.)

2) Paper trailing edge void quantity 50-19 (TEXT)This adjustment is made when the cassette paper size isrecognized. The trailing edge void quantity can be adjusted bychanging the trailing edge image laser OFF timing.

The paper void quantity should be first adjusted before the image cuttrailing edge void quantity (R-SPF) is adjusted.

(Adjustment procedure)

(1) Paper trailing edge void quantity

1) Preparing test chart (Draw a scale at the rear end of one side of asheet of A/4 white paper or letter paper)

2) Set the test chart on the document glass as shown below.

3) Using the user simulation [18], set the paper size of the firstcassette.

• Letter paper: 4

• A4 paper: 3

5 10

Scale (S-D mode) Scale (D-S mode)

5 10

The front edge of thescale on test chart

Front edge of paper

Void area

less than 4 mm

2nd printing surface where scale is printed (lower side)

Document guide The trailing edge has a scale

Table glass

Page 77: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS ADJUSTMENTS 9 - 7

4) Execute simulation 50-19 to turn on the TEXT lamp and make theprinting mode in OC-D mode.Make a copy of the test chart to check the void area of the scale onthe image.

Adjust the setting so that the void area is 4 - 5 mm. An increase in 1 ofsetting represents 0.1 mm in void area.

(2) Image cut trailing edge void quantity (R-SPF)1) Set the test chart so that the scale is positioned as shown below.

2) Execute simulation 50-19 to turn on the AE lamp(on the operationpanel) and make the printing mode in the D-D mode.

3) Remove and reinsert the cassette.

Note: Make sure to carry out this step before making a copy duringthis adjustment.

4) Make a copy and check the void area of the scale on the image.Adjust the setting so that the void area is 2 - 4 mm. An increase of1 in setting represents an increase of 0.1 mm in void area.l Void position to be checked

The trailing edge void on the first printing surface is shown above.

Paper

Void position to be check

Scale (D-D mode)

Page 78: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS SIMULATION, TROUBLE CODES 10 - 1

[10] SIMULATION, TROUBLE CODES

1. Entering the simulation modeTo enter the serviceman simulation mode, press the keys as follows:Clear → Density select → Clear→ Density selectTo cancel the simulation mode, press the clear key.Flow chart of entering the simulation mode

1

YES

NO

NO

YES

YES

YES

1

NO

NO

YES

Is there a sub code ?

Press the COPY key.

Press the COPY key.

The COPY QUANTITYdisplay blinks to indicate"00" and the machine enters the readystate for sub code input.

Enter the sub code withthe COPY QUANTITY key.

10th digit

1st digit:

Press the COPY key.The current set adjustmentvalue and the countervalue are displayed on theCOPY QUANTITY displayed Sensor check,etc. are displayed by the

alarm lamps, etc.

To change the current setvalues, enter with the COPYQUANTITY key.

10th digit:

1st digit:

Count up of values: COPY QUANTITY key

Count down of values: Zoom key + COPY QUANTITY key

The entered valueis displayed on theCOPY QUANTITYdisplay.

Press the COPY key.

The entered value is registered.

Is it the

Perform the operationaccording to thesimulation number.

performed ?

Press the clear key.

All displays on theoperation panel go off, and the machine enters the ready state forentering the main code.

Press the clear key.

End

Is themain code the same ?

Is the sub codedisplayed ?

Press the clear key.

The COPY QUANTITYdisplay blinks to indicatethe previously set subenters the ready 7 state forsub code input. code, and the machine

Press the clear key.

Enter the new main code.

The main code isdisplayed on theCOPY QUANTITYdisplay.

Start

Press the clear key.

Press the exposuremode selector key.

All displays on theoperation panel go off,and the machine enters he ready state for entering he main code.

Count up of values: COPY QUANTITY keyCount down of values: Zoom key + COPY QUANTITY key

The main code isdisplayed on theCOPY QUANTITYdisplay.

simulation foroperation check?

Is anothersimulation to be

Enter the main code withthe COPY QUANTITY key.

10th digit:

1st digit:

Count up of values: COPY QUANTITY keyCount down of values: Zoom key + COPY QUANTITY key

Press the clear key.

Press the exposuremode selector key.

Within 1sec

Within 1sec

Within 1sec

Page 79: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS SIMULATION, TROUBLE CODES 10 - 2

2. List of simulations

Sim No.

Kind ofmain code

Sub code

Operation

01 Optical system 01 Mirror scan operation

06 Aging of mirror scanning

02 SPF Individual load operation

02 SPF sensor status display03 Motor ON

04 Paper feed solenoid ON

05 Pressure release solenoid ON (RSPF)

06 Resist clutch ON (RSPF)

07 Gate solenoid ON (RSPF)

05 Lamp ON check

01 Operation panel display check

02 Fusing lamp, cooling fan operation check

03 Copy lamp ON

06 Machine individual load operation

01 Paper feed solenoid ON

02 Resist solenoid ON

07 Aging 01 Warm-up display and aging with jam

06 Intermittent aging

08 High voltage output check

01 Developing bias

02 Main charger (Grid high)

03 Grid voltage (Low)

06 Transfer charger10 Other None Toner motor aging

14 Trouble reset None Cancel of troubles other than U2

16 U2 trouble reset

None Cancel of U2 trouble

22 Counter display

04 JAM total counter display

05 Total counter display

08 SPF counter display

12 Drum counter display

14 P-ROM version display17 Copy counter display

18 Printer counter display

19 Scanner mode counter display

21 Scanner counter display

22 SPF JAM counter display

24 Special counter clear

01 JAM total counter clear04 SPF counter clear

07 Drum counter clear

08 Copy counter clear

09 Printer counter clear

13 Scanner counter clear

14 SPF JAM total counter clear15 Scanner mode counter clear

25 Main motor ON

01 Main motor operation check (Cooling fan motor rotation check)

10 Polygon motor ON

26 Various setup 01 Manual feed setup

02 (R) SPF setup

03 Second cassette setup

04 Machine duplex setup

06 Destination setup07 Machine conditions check

20 Rear edge void setup

30 CE mark support control ON/OFF

38 Cancel of stop at drum life over

39 Memory capacity check

40 Polygon motor OFF time setup (Time required for turning OFF after completion of printing)

42 Transfer ON timing control setup

43 Side void setup

44 SPF document rear edge read setup

62 Energy-save mode copy lamp setup

63 Fan control select setup30 Sensor

operation check (Standard provision)

01 Paper sensor status display

43 Fusing temperature setup

01 Fusing temperature setup (Normal copy)

04 Fusing temperature setup 2

05 Fusing temperature setup in duplex copy

09 Setup of fusing control of postcard size paper

46 Exposure adjustment

01 Copy density adjustment (300dpi)

02 Copy density adjustment (600dpi)

18 Image contrast adjustment (300dpi)19 γ table setup or AE operation mode

setup

20 SPF exposure correction29 Image contrast adjustment (600dpi)

31 Image sharpness adjustment

32 Copier color reproduction setup

48 Magnification ratio correction

01 Front/rear (main scanning) direction and scan (sub scanning) direction magnification ratio adjustment

49 01 Flash ROM program writing mode

50 Lead edge adjustment

01 Lead edge image position

10 Center offset adjustment

18 Memory reverse position adjustment in duplex copy

19 Duplex copy rear edge void adjustment

51 Timing adjustment

02 Resist quantity adjustment

53 08 SPF scan position automatic adjustment

61 Laser system operation

03 Polygon motor check (HSYNC output check)

63 Shading 01 Shading check

64 Self print 01 Self print

Sim No.

Kind ofmain code

Sub code

Operation

Page 80: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS SIMULATION, TROUBLE CODES 10 - 3

3. Contents of simulationsInput method: Clear key → Exposure Select key → Clear key → Exposure Select key

Main code

Sub code

Content

01 01 Mirror scan operation(Operation/Procedure)1. When this simulation is executed, the mirror home position is detected.

2. When the _START key is pressed, scanning is executed at the speed corresponding to the currently set copy magnification ratio.The copy magnification ratio can be arbitrarily set with the magnification ratio select key/zoom key.

06 Aging of mirror scanningWhen the PRINT switch is pressed, the mirror base performs full scan at the speed of the set magnification ratio. After 3 sec, the mirror case performs full scan again. These procedures are repeated until the clear key is pressed. (When the PRINT switch is pressed once, the ready lamp keeps OFF.)The status of the mirror home position sensor is displayed with the photoconductor cartridge lamp. (The lamp is ON when the mirror is at the home position.)During aging, the copy lamp keeps ON.

02 02 SPF sensor status display ON/OFF of the sensors in the SPF can be checked with the following lamps.

03 Motor ON (Operation/Procedure) When the start key is pressed, the SPF motor rotates for 10 sec at the speed corresponding to the currently set magnification ratio.

04 Paper feed solenoid ON (Operation/Procedure) When the start key is pressed, the SPF paper feed solenoid repeats ON (500 ms) and OFF (500 ms) 20 times.

05 Pressure release solenoid ON (RSPF) (Operation/Procedure) When the start key is pressed, the RSPF document transport solenoid (SPFS) repeats ON (500 ms) and OFF (500 ms) 20 times.

06 Resist clutch ON (RSPF) (Operation/Procedure) When the start key is pressed, the RSPF resist clutch (SRRC) repeats ON (500 ms) and OFF (500 ms) 20 times.

07 Gate solenoid ON (RSPF) (Operation/Procedure) When the start key is pressed, the RSPF gate solenoid (SGS) repeats ON (500 ms) and OFF (500 ms) 20 times.

05 01 Operation panel display check• When the PRINT switch is pressed, all LEDs (including 7-segment LEDs) on the operation panel are lighted. (LED check mode)• When 1Up key is pressed, the LEDs on the operation panel are lighted individually from the top left to the bottom right in sequence.

After completion of all individual lighting, all LEDs are lighted simultaneously. (The 7-segment LED lights the three-digit sections atthe same time.)Individual lighting frequency ON: 300ms, OFF: 20ms

• When the CLEAR key is pressed, this simulation is terminated.• When the PRINT switch is pressed in the LED check mode, the machine enters the Key input check mode.“Key input check mode”When the machine enters the Key input check mode, the value display section indicates “– – –.” Every time any key on the operat ion panel is pressed, the entered value is added and displayed on the value display section. However, the keys that were pressed once are not counted again.• When the PRINT switch is pressed, the entered value is added and displayed for 3 sec and all the LEDs are lighted. (LED lighting

check mode)(Note for Key input check mode)• Press the PRINT switch at the end. (If it is pressed in the middle of the process, the entered value up to that moment is displayed for

3 sec and the machine enters the LED lighting check mode. (ALL the LEDs are lighted.))• Multiple key inputs are ignored.

02 Fusing lamp, cooling fan operation checkWhen the PRINT switch is pressed, the fusing lamp repeats operations of 500ms-ON and 500ms-OFF 5 times. During that time, the cooling fan motor rotates.

Sensor name Display lampMirror home position sensor OPC drum cartridge replacement lamp

Display SensorDeveloper cartridge replacement lamp Document set detection (SPID)Jam lamp SPF document transport detection (SPPD)Photoconductor cartridge replacement lamp SPF cover open/close detection (SDOD)SPF jam lamp SPF open/close detection (SDSW)

FAX document size detectionPaper size detection

Page 81: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS SIMULATION, TROUBLE CODES 10 - 4

05 03 Copy lamp ON (Operation/Procedure) When the START key is pressed, the copy lamp is lighted for 5 sec.

06 01 Paper feed solenoid ON (Operation/Procedure) When the START key is pressed, the paper feed solenoid selected by the tray select key repeats ON (500ms) and OFF (500ms) 20 times.

02 Resist solenoid ON (Operation/Procedure) When the START key is pressed, the resist solenoid (RRS) repeats ON (500ms) and OFF (500ms) 20 times.

07 01 Warm-up display and aging with jam(Operation/Procedure)1. When the simulation is executed, warming up is started.2. Warm-up time is counted and displayed every second on the copy quantity display.3. After completion of warm-up, the time count is stopped and the ready lamp is lighted.4. Press the clear key to clear the warm-up time display, set the copy quantity, and press the START key, and the machine will copy

the set quantity repeatedly.This simulation is canceled by turning off the power or executing any simulation which performs hardware reset.

06 Intermittent aging(Operation/Procedure)1. When the simulation is executed, warming up is started.2. After completion of warm-up, the ready lamp is lighted.3. Set the copy quantity and press the START key, and the machine will copy the set quantity repeatedly.4. After 3 sec of the interval time from completion of copying the set quantity, the machine will resume copying.5. The above operation 4 is repeated.This simulation is canceled by turning off the power or executing any simulation which performs hardware reset.

08 01 Developing bias (Operation/Procedure) When the START key is pressed, the developing bias is outputted for 30 sec.

02 Main charger (Grid high) (Operation/Procedure) When the START key is pressed, the main charger output is supplied for 30 sec in the grid voltage HIGH mode.

03 Grid voltage (Low) (Operation/Procedure) When the START key is pressed, the main charger output is supplied for 30 sec in the grid voltage LOW mode.

06 Transfer charger (Operation/Procedure) When the START key is pressed, the transfer charger output is supplied for 30 sec.

10 None Toner motor aging (Operation/Procedure) When the START key is pressed, the toner motor output is supplied for 30 sec.

14 None Cancel of troubles other than U2 (Operation/Procedure) After canceling the trouble, the simulation is also automatically canceled.

16 None Cancel of U2 trouble(Operation/Procedure)1. When the START key is pressed, the EEPROM total counter check sum is rewritten and the trouble is canceled.2. After canceling the trouble, the simulation is also automatically canceled.

22 04 JAM total counter displayThe display method is the same as the total count value display.

05 Total counter display The total count value is displayed in 3 digits X 2 times repeatedly. <Display example: 12345>

08 SPF counter displayThe display method is the same as the total count value display.

12 Drum counter displayThe display method is the same as the total count value display.

14 P-ROM version displayThe main code and the sub code of the P-ROM version is displayed on the value display section in 2 digits alternately.The display method is the same as the total count value display.

17 Copy counter displayThe display method is the same as the total count value display.

Main code

Sub code

Content

012 → Blank → 345 → Blank → 0120.7s 0.3s 0.7s 1.0s 0.7s

Page 82: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS SIMULATION, TROUBLE CODES 10 - 5

22 18 Printer counter displayThe display method is the same as the total count value display.

19 Scanner mode counter displayThe display method is the same as the total count value display.

21 Scanner counter displayThe display method is the same as the total count value display.

22 SPF JAM counter displayThe display method is the same as the total count value display.

24 01 JAM total counter clearWhen the PRINT switch is pressed, the JAM total count value is reset to 0.

04 SPF counter clearWhen the PRINT switch is pressed, the SPF count value is reset to 0.

07 Drum counter clearWhen the PRINT switch is pressed, the drum count value is reset to 0.

08 Copy counter clearWhen the PRINT switch is pressed, the copy count value is reset to 0.

09 Printer counter clearWhen the PRINT switch is pressed, the printer count value is reset to 0.

13 Scanner counter clearWhen the PRINT switch is pressed, the scanner count value is reset to 0.

14 SPF JAM total counter clearWhen the PRINT switch is pressed, the SPF JAM total count value is reset to 0.

15 Scanner mode counter clearWhen the PRINT switch is pressed, the scanner mode counter is reset to 0.

25 01 Main motor operation check (Cooling fan motor rotation check)When the PRINT switch is pressed, the main motor (as well as the duplex motor in the duplex model) is operated for 30 sec. If the developing unit is installed at that time, the developing bias, the main charger, and the grid are outputted together in order to avoid toner consumption. Since, in this case, laser discharge is required when stopping the motor, the polygon motor is rotated at the same time. If the developing unit is not installed, the above high voltage is not outputted and only the motor is rotated.

: Do not execute this simulation by forcibly turning ON the door ON/OFF switch.

10 Polygon motor ON (Operation/Procedure) When the START key is pressed, the polygon motor is operated for 30 sec.

26 01 Manual feed setup(Operation/Procedure)1. When this simulation is executed, the currently set bypass code number is displayed.2. Enter the code number corresponding to the bypass and press the START key, and the setting will be changed.

02 (R) SPF setupWhen this simulation is executed, the current setup of the SPF code number is displayed. Enter the code number corresponding to the SPF and press the PRINT switch to enable the setup.

03 Second cassette setup(Operation/Procedure)1. When this simulation is executed, the currently set code number of the second cassette is displayed.2. Enter the code number and press the start key. The setting is changed.

04 Machine duplex setup(Operation/Procedure)1. When this simulation is executed, the currently set duplex code number is displayed.2. Enter the code number corresponding to the duplex and press the ENTER key, and the setup will be changed.

Main code

Sub code

Content

Code number Bypass0 Single bypass1 Multi bypass

Code number SPF0 SPF not installed1 SPF installed2 RSPF installed

Code number Second cassette0 Without second cassette1 With second cassette

Code number Duplex0 Without Duplex1 With Duplex

Page 83: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS SIMULATION, TROUBLE CODES 10 - 6

26 06 Destination setupWhen this simulation is executed, the current setup of the destination code number is displayed. Enter the code number corresponding to the destination and press the PRINT switch to enable the setup.

07 Machine conditions checkWhen this simulation is executed, the current machine setup is displayed.

20 Rear edge void setupWhen this simulation is executed, the current setup of the rear edge void code number is displayed. Enter the code number corresponding to the rear edge void and press the PRINT switch to enable the setup.

30 CE mark support control ON/OFFWhen this simulation is executed, the current setup of the CE mark support code number is displayed. Enter the code number corresponding to the CE mark support setup and press the PRINT switch to enable the setup.

38 Cancel of stop at drum life overWhen this simulation is executed, the current setup of the code number is displayed. Enter the code number and press the PRINT switch to enable the setup.

39 Memory capacity checkWhen this simulation is executed, the current memory capacity is displayed.

40 Polygon motor OFF time setup (Time required for turning OFF after completion of printing)When this simulation is executed, the current setup of the code number is displayed. Enter the code number and press the PRINT switch to enable the setup.

Main code

Sub code

Content

Code number Destination0 Inch series1 EX JAPAN AB series2 JAPAN AB series3 China (EX JAPAN AB series + Chinese paper support)

CPM Copy quantity display10 cpm 1012 cpm 1213 cpm 1314 cpm 1415 cpm 15

Code number Rear edge void setup0 Rear edge void provided * Default1 Rear edge void not provided

The default for CE-support 200V series is “1.”

Code number CE mark support setup0 CE mark support control OFF * Default (100V series)1 CE mark support control ON

Code number Setup0 Stop at drum life over * Default (AL model)1 Cancel of stop at drum life over

Code number Setup8 8 Mbyte

16 16 Mbyte

Code number Setup0 0 sec1 30 sec * Default2 60 sec3 90 sec

Page 84: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS SIMULATION, TROUBLE CODES 10 - 7

26 42 Transfer ON timing control setup(Operation/Procedure)1. When this simulation is executed, the currently set code number is displayed.2. Enter the code number and press the START key, and the setting will be changed. (For any number different from the following

ones, the default time is automatically set.)

43 Side void setup(Operation/Procedure)1. When this simulation is executed, the currently set code number of the side void amount is displayed.2. Enter the code number and press the start key. The setting is changed.

44 SPF document rear edge read setup + Fax document rear edge scan setup.When this simulation is executed, the currently set code number is displayed. Enter the desired code number and press the START key, and the display will be changed. The document rear edge scanning area in SPF reduction (less than 100%) copy is changed.The code number is changeable in the range of 0 – 8.The default value is 4, and 2 mm of the document rear edge is cut.When the value is changed by 1, the area is changed by 1 mm.

62 Energy-save mode copy lamp setupUsed to set half-ON (50%)/OFF of the copy lamp in the pre-heat mode.When this simulation is executed, the current setup of the code number is displayed. Enter the code number and press the PRINT switch to enable the setup.

63 Fan control select setupUsed to set the cooling fan operation mode.When this simulation is executed, the current setup of the code number is displayed. Enter the code number and press the PRINT switch to enable the setup.

Main code

Sub code

Content

Code number Setting0 Default (330 msec)1 – 40 msec2 – 30 msec3 – 20 msec4 – 10 msec5 Default (330 msec)6 +10 msec7 +20 msec8 +30 msec9 +40 msec

Code number Setting0 0 mm1 0.5 mm2 1.0 mm3 1.5 mm4 2.0 mm * Default5 2.5 mm6 3.0 mm7 3.5 mm8 4.0 mm9 4.5 mm10 5.0 mm

Code number Setup0 Copy lamp half-ON (50%) * Default1 Copy lamp OFF

Code number Setup1 1-speed fan control2 2-speed fan control * Default when starting mass production

Page 85: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS SIMULATION, TROUBLE CODES 10 - 8

30 01 Paper sensor status displayIndicates the paper sensor status using the lamps on the operation panel.

43 01 Fusing temperature setup (Normal copy)(Operation/Procedure)1. When this simulation is executed, the currently set code number is displayed.2. Enter the code number and press the START key, and the setting will be changed.

04 Fusing temperature setup 2(Operation/Procedure)1. When this simulation is executed, the currently set code number is displayed.2. Enter the code number and press the START key, and the setting will be changed.

05 Fusing temperature setup in duplex copyIn duplex copy, this setup value is added to the fusing temperature of single copy. When this simulation is executed, the current setup of the code number is displayed. Enter the code number and press the PRINT switch to enable the setup.

09 Setup of fusing control of postcard size paper

Main code

Sub code

Content

Sensor name Display lampBefore-resist paper sensor (PPD1) Developer cartridge replacement lampFusing section paper sensor (PPD2) JAM lampPaper exit sensor (POD) Photoconductor cartridge replacement lamp2nd CS paper sensor (PPD3) 2nd cassette lampNew drum cartridge sensor (PUIS) Zoom lampSingle manual feed paper sensor (MFD) AE lamp

Code number Set temperature (°C)0 1751 1802 1853 1904 195 (* Default)5 200

Code number Set temperature (°C)0 1551 1602 1653 170 (* Default)4 1755 180

Code number Temperature shift (°C)0 ±0°C * Default1 – 8°C2 – 6°C3 – 4°C4 – 2°C5 ±0°C6 +2°C7 +4°C8 +6°C9 +8°C

The default for Japan model is “1.”

Code number Setup0 Cancel * Default1 Setup

Page 86: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS SIMULATION, TROUBLE CODES 10 - 9

46 01 Copy density adjustment (300dpi)Used to set the copy density in each mode.(Operating procedure)When this simulation is executed, warm-up and shading operations are performed and the current setup is displayed in two digits (default: 50).Change the setup value with the copy quantity keys. Press the PRINT switch and a copy is made according to the new setup.The greater the setup value is, the darker the copy is. The smaller the setup value is, the brighter the copy is. Only EXP.3 copy is made in this simulation. When set to a darker level, Exp.1 and Exp.5 copies also become darker. When set to a brighter level, Exp.1 and Exp.5 copies also become brighter. Press the CLEAR key to save the setup and exit from the simulation mode.Use the copy mode select key to select a copy mode . The setup value of the selected copy mode is displayed on the copy quantity display.(adjustment range: 0 – 99)

02 Copy density adjustment (600dpi)Used to set the copy density in each mode.(Operation/Procedure)When this simulation is executed, the machine performs warm-up and shading, and the current setup value is displayed in two digits. (Default: 50)Use the copy quantity key to change the setup value, and press the PRINT switch to make a copy with the new setup.The greater the setup value is, the darker the copy is, and vise versa. Only EXP.3 copy is made. If it is set to a darker density, EXP.1 and EXP.5 copies also become darker. If it is set to a brighter density, they also become brighter.When the CLEAR key is pressed, the entered setup value is saved and the simulation is terminated.Any copy mode can be selected with the copy mode select key. The setup value of the selected copy mode is displayed on the copy quantity display.(Setup range: 0 – 99)

18 Image contrast adjustment (300dpi)Used to set the image contrast in each mode.(Operating procedure)When this simulation is executed, warm-up and shading operations are performed and the current setup value is displayed in two digits. (Default: 50)Change the setup value with the copy quantity keys. Press the PRINT switch and a copy is made according to the new setup. The greater the setup value is, the higher the contrast is. The smaller the setup value is, the lower the contrast is. Though only EXP.3 copy is made in this simulation, the contrast levels in EXP.1 and EXP.5 are also changed. Press the CLEAR key to save the setup and exit from the simulation mode.Use the copy mode select key to select a copy mode . The setup value of the selected copy mode is displayed on the copy quantity display.(adjustment range: 0 – 99)

Main code

Sub code

Content

Copy mode Display lampAE mode (300dpi) AE mode lampTEXT mode (300dpi) TEXT mode lampPHOTO mode PHOTO mode lampTS mode (TEXT) (300dpi) TEXT mode lamp & PHOTO mode lampTS mode (AE) (300dpi) AE mode lamp & PHOTO mode lamp

Copy mode Display lampAE mode (600dpi) AE mode lampTEXT mode (600dpi) TEXT mode lampPHOTO mode PHOTO mode lampTS mode (TEXT) (600dpi) TEXT mode lamp & PHOTO mode lampTS mode (AE) (600dpi) AE mode lamp & PHOTO mode lamp

Copy mode Display lampAE mode (300dpi) AE mode lampTEXT mode (300dpi) TEXT mode lampPHOTO mode PHOTO mode lampTS mode (TEXT) (300dpi) TEXT mode lamp & PHOTO mode lampTS mode (AE) (300dpi) AE mode lamp & PHOTO mode lamp

Page 87: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS SIMULATION, TROUBLE CODES 10 - 10

46 19 γ table setup or AE operation mode setupWhen this simulation is executed, the current setup of the gamma table code number is displayed. (Default: Japan = 1, EX Japan = 2) Enter the code number corresponding to desired gamma table, and press the PRINT switch or the copy mode select key to enable the setup.

When the copy mode select key is pressed during setup of the gamma table, the mode is switched to the AE operation setup mode and the current setup of the AE operation mode code number is displayed. (Default: 0) Enter the code number corresponding to your desired AE operation mode, and press the PRINT switch or the copy mode select key to switch the setup. (When the copy mode select key is pressed, the mode is returned to the gamma table setup mode.)

20 SPF exposure correctionUsed to adjust the exposure correction quantity in the SPF mode by adjusting the differential of Vref voltage for the OC mode.(Operating procedure)When this simulation is executed, the current setup is displayed. Enter the adjustment value with the 10-key and press the PRINT key to enable the setup and make a copy.When the CLEAR key is pressed, the entered value is saved and the simulation mode is terminated.∗ The greater the value is the darker the exposure is.

The smaller the value is, the brighter the exposure is.

29 Image contrast adjustment (600dpi)Used to set the contrast in each mode.(Operation/Procedure)When this simulation is executed, the machine performs warm-up and shading, and the current setup value is displayed in two digits. (Default: 50)Use the copy quantity keys to change the setup value, and press the PRINT switch to make a copy with the new setup.The greater the setup value is, the greater the contrast is, and vise versa. Only EXP.3 copy is made, however, EXP.1 contrast and EXP.5 contrast are also changed accordingly.When the CLEAR key is pressed, the entered setup value is saved and the simulation is terminated.Any copy mode can be selected with the copy mode select key. The setup value of the selected copy mode is displayed on the copy quantity display.(Setup range: 0 – 99)

31 Image sharpness adjustmentUsed to adjust the clear/shading-off of an image in each mode.(Operating procedure)When this simulation is executed, warm-up and shading operations are performed and the current setup value is displayed. (Default: 1)Change the setup value with the copy quantity keys. Press the PRINT switch and a copy is made according to the new setup. When the clear key is pressed, the entered setup value is saved and the simulation is terminated.

Any desired copy mode can be selected with the copy mode select key. The code number of the selected copy mode is displayed on the copy quantity display.

Main code

Sub code

Content

Code number γ table1 Image quality priority mode2 Toner consumption priority mode

Code number AE operation mode0 Fixed process * Default1 Real time process

Copy mode Display lampAE mode (600dpi) AE mode lampTEXT mode (600dpi) TEXT mode lampPHOTO mode PHOTO mode lampTS mode (TEXT) (600dpi) TEXT mode lamp & PHOTO mode lampTS mode (AE) (600dpi) AE mode lamp & PHOTO mode lamp

Setup value Image quality0 Shading off1 Standard * Default2 Clear

Copy mode Display lampAE mode AE mode lampTEXT mode TEXT mode lampPHOTO mode PHOTO mode lampTS mode (TEXT) TEXT mode lamp & PHOTO mode lampTS mode (AE) AE mode lamp & PHOTO mode lamp

Page 88: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS SIMULATION, TROUBLE CODES 10 - 11

46 32 Copier color reproduction setupUsed to set color reproduction for each mode. Colors which are easily copied or which are not easily copied are selected.

(Operating procedure)When this simulation is executed, the current setup of the code number for each copy mode is displayed. (Default: 0)Change the setup value with the copy quantity keys and press the Print switch. A copy will be made according to the setup. At that time, the color component used for copying is changed.When the clear key is pressed, the entered code number is saved and the simulation mode is terminated.Any desired copy mode can be selected with the copy mode select key. The selected copy mode is displayed on the copy quantity display.

48 01 Front/rear (main scanning) direction and scan (sub scanning) direction magnification ratio adjustment(1) Front/rear direction magnification ratio auto correction: The width of the reference line marked on the shading correction plate is

scanned to perform automatic correction of the front/rear (main scanning) direction magnification ratio as well as automatic setup of the OC/document center offset value and of the image scan start position.The OC/document center offset value and the image scan start position automatically set in this simulation, can be checked by the respective manual setup simulation for each adjustment shown below.

(2) Front/rear direction magnification ratio manual correction: By key operations, the front/rear (main scanning) direction magnification ratio is set by changing the setup value of the ZOOM DATA register to AISC.

(3) Scan direction magnification ratio correction: The scan direction magnification ratio in the OC mode is set by changing the scan speed.

(4) SPF mode scan direction magnification ratio correction: The SPF mode scan direction magnification ratio is set by changing the scan speed.

(Operating procedure)When this simulation is executed, the current setup value is displayed in two digits. (Center value: 50) Press the copy mode select key to select each setup mode and the setup display will change accordingly. In the case of the front/rear direction automatic adjustment, when the PRINT switch is pressed, the mirror base unit moves to the shading white board, and the width of the reference line is scanned, and the correction value is calculated, and the value is saved.For manual adjustment, enter the adjustment value with the 10-key and press the PRINT switch, the set value will be saved and a copy will be made. When the clear key is pressed, the value entered will be saved and the simulation will be terminated. (Increasing the setup value by 1 increases 0.1%.)

In the front/rear direction magnification ratio automatic correction(1) When the calculated value of the scan correction value is within ±5%, “– –” is displayed.

(Cause) Erroneous position of the reference line on the white board, improper installation of the lens unit, etc.(2) In case of a scan error of the reference line, the jam lamp lights up.

(Cause) CCD error, no white board installed.∗ If the automatic correction of the magnification ratio cannot provide a satisfactory result, use the manual correction.

Main code

Sub code

Content

∗ This setup does not affect black-and-white copies.

Setup value Easy-to-copy colors Difficult-to-copy colors0 Purple/Blue/Red Yellow/Green/Light blue1 Light blue/Green/Blue Purple/Red/Yellow2 Yellow/Red/Green Blue/Light blue/Purple

Code number Component of use0 Green * Default1 Red2 Blue

Copy mode Display lampAE mode (including TS) AE mode lampTEXT mode (including TS) TEXT mode lampPHOTO mode PHOTO mode lamp

OC/document center offset → Sim50-10 Center offset adjustmentImage scan start position → Sim50-01 Lead edge image position

Adjustment mode Lamp ONFront/rear direction magnification ratio automatic correction AE lampFront/rear direction magnification ratio manual correction TEXT lampScan direction magnification ratio correction PHOTO lampSPF mode scan direction magnification ratio correction AE, TEXT, PHOTO lamps

Page 89: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS SIMULATION, TROUBLE CODES 10 - 12

49 01 Flash ROM program writing mode(Operating procedure)When this simulation is executed, “d” is displayed on the display and the machine enters the Flash ROM program writing mode.Use the writing tool to write the program from PC. During writing, the display indicates as shown below. After completion of downloading, turn OFF/ON the power to reset.

50 01 Lead edge image positionUsed to adjust the copy image position and the lead edge void quantity on the copy paper. The adjustment is made by adjusting the image scan start position and the print start position (resist roller ON timing) at 100%.(Operating procedure)When this simulation is executed, the current setup value is displayed the current setup value is displayed in two digits. (Center value: 50) Press the copy mode select key to select your desired coy mode, and the display will change. Enter the adjustment value with the 10-key and press the PRINT switch, and the setup value will be saved and a copy will be made. Press the clear key to save the setup value and exit from the simulation mode. When the adjustment is made for the main cassette feed, all the adjustment values at all the paper feed ports become the same. (Increasing the setup value by 1 corresponds to about 0.1mm shift.)

(Adjustment procedure)

1. Set the print start position (A), the lead edge void quantity (B) and the scan start position (C) to 0, and make a copy at 100%.2. Measure the image loss quantity (R mm) of the scale.

Set C = 10 × R (mm) (Example: Set 40.)When the value C is increased by 10, the image loss is decreased by 1mm. (Default: 50)

3. Measure the distance (H mm) from the paper lead edge to the image print start position.Set A = 10 × H (mm) (Example: set 50)When the value A is increased by 1mm, the image lead edge is shifted to the paper lead edge by 1mm. (Default: 50)

4. Set the lead edge void quantity to B = 50 (2.5mm). (Default: 50)When the value B is increased by 10, the void is increased by about 1mm.(When set to 25 or less, the void becomes zero.)

∗ The SPF adjustment is performed by adjusting the SPF image scan start position.

Main code

Sub code

Content

∗ “*” in an error display indicates the error position.

Status Display Pre-heat lamp Ready lampDownload data reception “d” ON ON OFFData erase start “d” ON OFF ONData writing (Boot section) “d” ON Blink OFFData writing (program section) “d” ON Blink BlinkSum check “d” ON ON ONDownload complete “0FF” ON OFF OFFError state “E *” ON OFF OFF

1 Data reception error2 Loader function transfer3 FLASH ROM delete4 FLASH ROM writing (Boot section)5 FLASH ROM writing (Program section)6 Sum check (Loader section)7 Sum check (Boot section)8 Sum check (Program section)

: Supported if the model is installed and skipped if it is not installed.

Adjustment mode Lamp ONPrint start position (Main cassette paper feed) AE, main cassette lampPrint start position (2nd cassette paper feed) AE, 2nd cassette lampPrint start position (Manual paper feed) AE, manual feed lampImage lead edge void quantity TEXT lampImage scan start position PHOTO lampImage rear edge void quantity AE, TEXT, PHOTO lampSPF image scan start position AE, TEXT lamp

AE ON TEXT ON PHOTO ON↓ ↓ ↓

5mm

10mm

Distance from the paper lead edge to the image lead edge: H = 5mm

Image loss:R = 4mm

(Example)

Page 90: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS SIMULATION, TROUBLE CODES 10 - 13

50 10 Center offset adjustmentUsed to adjust the copy image position on the copy paper and the center offset position when scanning a document.(Operating procedure)When this simulation is executed, the current setup value is displayed. Enter the adjustment value with the 10-key and press the PRINT switch, and the entered value will be saved and a copy will be made. When the clear key is pressed, the entered value will be saved and the simulation will be terminated. (When the setup value is increased by 1, shift is increased by 0.1mm.)

∗ When the setup value is too great, outside of the shading area may be read, and black streaks may be produced on the edges.When the adjustment value is increased, the image is shifted to the left.When the adjustment value is decreased, the image is shifted to the right.

18 Memory reverse position adjustment in duplex copyWhen this simulation is executed, the current setup value of correction is displayed. Enter the correction value with the 10-key and press the PRINT switch, and the entered value will be saved. (Correction value 1 – 99, correction zero = 0, or 50) When the correction value is set to 0, the correction value is written as 50.Front surface printing in the S-D mode and printing on even pages in the D-S mode are reverse memory copy operations from the document rear edge section.When, therefore, the output image print position adjustment is required, adjust as follows:In the reverse memory copy operation, if the document scan direction is in the direction of the arrow in the figure, the scan rear edge section of the image is printed first.When, therefore, the print lead edge is shifted, set the reference chart so that the reference position is in the rear edge section, and use this simulation to adjust so that the print image lead edge comes to the lead edge.Since printing is performed by processing the scanned image from the scan end position to the scan lead edge, the print lead edge position adjustment is performed by changing the end data position stored in memory with the simulation setup value.

19 Duplex copy rear edge void adjustmentUsed to adjust the rear edge void quantity in duplex copy.(Operating procedure)When this simulation is executed, the current setup value is displayed the current setup value is displayed in two digits. (Center value: 50 However, setup 50 = setup 0) When the correction value is set to 0, the correction value is written as 50. Press the copy mode select key to select your desired copy mode, and the display will change. Enter the adjustment value with the 10-key and press the PRINT switch, and the setup value will be saved and a copy will be made. (The paper information is cleared for every copying.) Press the clear key to save the setup value and exit from the simulation mode. (Increasing the setup value by 1 increases the void quantity by about 0.1mm.)

Main code

Sub code

Content

: Supported only for installing models, and skipped for not-installing models.

Adjustment mode Lamp ONPrint center offset (Main cassette paper feed) AE, main cassette lampPrint center offset (2nd cassette paper feed) AE, 2nd cassette lampPrint center offset (Manual paper feed) AE, manual paper feed lampOC/document center offset AE, TEXT lampSPF/RSPF (front) document center offset AE, TEXT, PHOTO lamp

Print lead edgeLead edge void (1)Print start position

Rear edge voidPrint rear edge

Document transport directionScan lead edge

Scan end position(Default: Scan cut by void (1))

Scan directionScan rear edge

Paper transport direction

Adjustment mode Lamp ONImage cut rear edge void quantity (RSPF) AE lampPaper rear edge void quantity TEXT lampPrint start position (Duplex back) PHOTO lampRSPF (Back) original center offset AE, TEXT, PHOTO lamps

Page 91: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS SIMULATION, TROUBLE CODES 10 - 14

51 02 Resist quantity adjustmentUsed to adjust the contact pressure of paper against the machine resist roller and the RSPF resist roller.(Operating procedure)When this simulation is executed, the current setup value is displayed.Enter the adjustment value with the 10-key and press the PRINT switch, the entered set value will be saved and a copy will be made. When the clear key is pressed, the entered value will be saved and the machine will exit from the simulation mode.

53 08 SPF scan position automatic adjustmentPlace a black chart so that it covers the SPF scan glass and the OC glass, and execute the simulation with the OC cover open, the mirror unit scans from the home position to the SPF scan position to identify the SPF glass cover edge position by the difference in the CCD output levels of the SPF glass cover edge and the OC side document glass.Default is 50. Adjustment range is 0 – 99. Adjustment increment: 1 = about 0.127mmIf this adjustment is performed properly, the adjustment value is displayed. If it is abnormal, the jam lamp lights up. If the adjustment is not made properly, “– –” is displayed.

61 03 Polygon motor check (HSYNC output check)(Operation/Procedure)When the START key is pressed, HSYNC is performed and the polygon motor is rotated for 30 sec.At that time, the Zoom lamp is lit for 100msec for every 3 times that the HSYNC is detected.

63 01 Shading checkUsed to display the detection level of the white board for shading.(Operating procedure)When the PRINT switch is pressed, the mirror base unit moves to the white board for shading to light the copy lamp. Under this state, the level of one pixel at the CCD center which is not corrected for 10sec in 1 sec, and the result is displayed on the value display section.

64 01 Self printPrint of one page is made regardless of the status of the optical system.(Operating procedure)When this simulation is executed, warm-up is performed and the ready lamp is lighted. Enter the code number with the 10-key, and select the cassette with the cassette select key and press the PRINT switch, and paper feed operation will be made from the selected cassette and printing of the selected pattern will be made. Printing is in 1by2 mode, or grid pattern.

Main code

Sub code

Content

: Supported only for installing models, and skipped for not-installing models.

Adjustment mode Lamp ONMain cassette paper feed AE, main cassette lamp2nd cassette paper feed AE, 2nd cassette lampManual paper feed AE, manual paper feed lampRSPF document feed (front) AE, TEXT, PHOTO lampRSPF document feed (back) AE, TEXT lampduplex back TEXT, PHOTO lamp

∗ 2 – 99: print in 1by2.

Code number Pattern0 1by21 Grid pattern

Page 92: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS SIMULATION, TROUBLE CODES 10 - 15

4. Trouble codesA. Trouble codes list

Main code

Sub code

Trouble content Detail of trouble

E7 01 Duplex model memory setup error, memory not-detected error

The memory is not set properly or the memory capacity is not set to the duplex setup (6M).Cancel method: Set SIM 26-39 code number to 2.

02 HSYNC not detected. LSU (laser diode, reception element, APC circuit) troubleLSU drive circuit (ASIC) trouble

10 CCD black level trouble CCD drive circuit (CCD PWB, ASIC, harness) trouble11 CCD white level trouble CCD drive circuit (CCD PWB, ASIC harness) trouble

Copy lamp lighting trouble (Copy lamp, inverter PWB)

12 Shading trouble (White correction)

Dirt on white plate for scanning white level

16 Laser output trouble LSU (laser diode, reception element, APC circuit) troubleLSU drive circuit (ASIC) trouble

F5 02 Copy lamp disconnection trouble

Copy lamp or copy lamp drive circuit (inverter PWB) troubleCopy lamp disconnection

H2 00 Thermistor open detection The fusing thermistor is open.

H3 00 Heat roller abnormally high temperature

The fusing temperature rises above 240°C.

H4 00 Heat roller abnormally low temperature

The fusing temperature does not reach 185°C within 27 sec of turning on the power, or the fusing temperature keeps at 140°C.

L1 00 Feeding is not completed within the specified time after starting feeding. (The scan head locking switch is locked)

The white area and the black marking on the shading plate are used to obtain the difference in the CCD level values for judgment of lock. When the difference in the levels of which and black is small, it is judged that the black mark could not be scanned by lock and the trouble code “L1” is displayed.

L3 00 Return is not completed within the specified time.

When the mirror base is returned for the specified time (6 sec) in mirror initializing after turning on the power, the mirror home position sensor (MHPS) does not turn ON. Or when the mirror base is returned for the specified time (about 6 sec) after start of copy return, the mirror home position sensor (MHPS) does not turn ON.

L4 01 Main motor lock When the main motor encoder pulse is not detected for 100 msec.

L6 10 Polygon motor lock The lock signal (specified rpm signal) does not return within a certain time (about 20 sec) from starting the polygon motor rotation

U2 01 Counter sum check error When the counter check sum value stored in the EEPROM is abnormal.

04 EEPROM serial communication error

When a communication trouble occurs with the EEPROM.

Page 93: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS USER PROGRAM 11 - 1

[11] USER PROGRAM

The conditions of factory setting can be changed according to the use conditions.

1. Functions that can be set with user programs

* Note: The power consumption values in pre-heat and auto shut off may be varied depending on the use conditions.

2. Change the settingExample: Changing the time to operate the auto clear function

(Change from 60 sec to 90 sec)

1) Press the right and the left exposure adjustment keys simulta-neously to start setting.

• Keep pressing the keys for 5 sec.

• Display lamps ( , , ) blink simultaneously and " -- " is dis-played on the copy quantity display.

2) Select the function code with the 10-digit key (copy quantity setkey).

• The number of the selected function blinks on the digit of 10 on thecopy quantity display.

• For auto clear, select " 1. "

• For setting, refer to the following function codes.

[Cancel] If a wrong code is entered, press the clear key and enter thecorrect function code.

* SPF only

3) Press the COPY button.

• The number blinking on the digit of 10 of the copy quantity display islighted.

• The number of the current set code blinks on the digit of 1.

4) Select the setting code with 1-digit key (copy quantity set key).

• To set to 90 sec, select " 3. "

• For setting, refer to the following set codes.

* Factory setting

• The number blinking on the digit of 1 of the copy quantity display is litup. This means the setting is completed.

[Cancel] When a wrong number of the function code is set, press theclear key and perform the procedure again from step 2.

5) Press the COPY button.

• The number blinking on the digit of 1 of the copy quantity display is litup. This means the setting is completed.

Note: To set another function, press the clear key after completion ofthis operation and perform the procedure from step 2.

6) Press either one of the exposure adjustment keys ( or ) tocomplete the setting.

• Display lamps ( , , ) go off and the copy quantity displayreturns to the normal state.

Function Contents Factory settingAuto clear • When a certain time is passed after completion of copying, this function returns to the initial state

automatically. The time to reach the initial state can be set in the range of 30 sec to 120 sec by the unitof 30 sec. This function can be disabled.

60 sec

Pre-heat • When the copier is left unused with the power ON, the power consumption is automatically reduced toabout 40Wh/H (* Note).The time to start this function can be set in the range of 30 sec to 90 sec by theunit of 30 sec. This function cannot be disabled.

• When this function is operated, the pre-heat lamp on the operation panel lights up. To return to theinitial state, press any key on the operation panel. (When the COPY button is pressed, a copy is madeafter returning to the initial state.)

30 sec

Auto shut off passing time

• When the copier is left unused with the power ON, the power consumption is automatically reduced toabout 18Wh/H (* Note). The time to start this function can be set in the range of 2 min to 120 min.

• When this function is operated, all the lamps except for the pre-heat lamp on the operation panel turnoff. To return to the initial state, press the COPY button.

5 min

Stream feeding Only models with SPF SetAuto shut off setting • Used to set or cancel this function. SetAuto/Manual mode resolution setup

• Used to set the resolution in the auto/manual mode. The speed priority (300dpi) and the resolutionpriority (600dpi) are effective for fine text and ultra fine text.

300 dpi

Function name Function code

Auto clear 1

Pre-heat 2

Auto shut off passing time 3

Stream feeding 4*Auto shut off setting 5

Auto/Manual mode resolution setup 6

Function name Set codeAuto clear 0 (OFF)

1 (10 sec)2 (30 sec)*3 (60 sec)4 (90 sec)

5 (120 sec)Pre-heat *0 (30 sec)

1 (60 sec)2 (90 sec)

Auto shut off 0 (2 min)*1 (5 min)2 (15 min)3 (30 min)4 (60 min)

5 (120 min)Stream feeding 0 (Cancel)

*1 (Setting)Auto shut off setting 0 (Cancel)

*1 (Setting)Auto/Manual mode resolution setup *0 (300 dpi)

1 (600 dpi)

Page 94: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS USER PROGRAM 11 - 2

3. Density level adjustment

A. AE level adjustment (OC mode)

[Input procedure]When the density select key is pressed and held for 5 sec after turningon the [PHOTO] mode lamp, the [AUTO] mode lamp blinks and thecurrent setup of the density level is displayed.

[Adjustment]The adjustment is made in 5 steps by pressing the density adjustmentkey.

[Terminating procedure]When the density select key is pressed, the mode display is changedfrom blinking to lighting, and the AE level setup is completed.

• In the AE level adjustment mode, all the keys except for the [Densityselect] key, the [Density adjustment] keys ([>] key and [<] key) aredisabled.

• In the AE level adjustment mode, the ready lamp and the onlinelamp are turned off.

• The auto mode level adjustment is applied only for the auto mode.

• When the machine enters the exposure adjustment mode of OConce, the adjustment mode is not changed though a document is seton the SPF until the setup is completed.

B. AE level adjustment (SPF mode)

[Input procedure]With the SPF mode lamp ON, when the density select key is pressedand held for 5 sec after turning on the [PHOTO] mode lamp, the[AUTO] mode lamp blinks and the current setup of the density level isdisplayed.

[Adjustment]The adjustment is made in 5 steps by pressing the density adjustmentkey.

[Terminating procedure]When the mode select key is pressed, the mode display is changedfrom blinking to lighting, and the AE level setup is completed.

• During the AE level adjustment mode, all the keys except for the[Density select] key, the [Density adjustment] keys ([>] key and [<]key) are disabled.

• During the AE level adjustment mode, the ready lamp and the onlinelamp are turned off.

• The auto mode level adjustment is applied only for the auto mode.

• When the machine enters the SPF exposure adjustment mode once,the adjustment mode is not changed though a document is removedfrom the SPF until the setup is completed.

• This function is not available for the OC model.

4. Toner save mode setup and cancel

[Input procedure]When the density select key is pressed and held for 5 sec after turningon the [TEXT] mode lamp, the [PHOTO] mode lamp blinks and the cur-rent setup of the density level is displayed.

[Setup/Cancel]When the density adjustment key [<] is pressed, Level 1 is lighted andthe toner save mode is set.When the density adjustment key [>] is pressed, Level 5 is lighted andthe toner save mode is canceled.

[Terminating procedure]When the density select key is pressed, the mode display is changedfrom blinking to lighting, and the setup is completed.

• During the toner save mode setup, all the keys except for the [Den-sity select] key, the [Density adjustment] keys ([>] key and [<] key)are disabled.

• During the toner save mode setup, the ready lamp and the onlinelamp are turned off.

• The toner save mode is applied in the auto mode and the manualmode.

Page 95: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS ELECTRICAL SECTION 12 - 1

[12] ELECTRICAL SECTION

1. Block diagramA. Overall block diagram

Car

riage

Uni

t

CC

D P

WB

12

V

R G8b

itsM

SB

/LS

B)

BV

CL

5VE

N

PS

WS

ELi

n

AD

CC

LKK

inB

SA

MP

, VS

AM

PS

DI,

SC

LK, L

OA

D1,

2,

T

G,

TG

2,

TG

3R

B,

CLB

, 1L

3.3V

Clock,Data,LATCH

CC

D (

uP

D88

61)

AF

E(A

D98

26)

C D S

A G C

M P X A

D 16

bits

C

CD

Driv

er

Ope

ratio

n P

WB

S

DR

AM

(8M

B/1

6MB

)

C

CF

L

Lam

pIn

vert

er

I/F P

WB

(Opt

iona

l)

AS

IC R

eset

IEE

E 1

284

I/F3.

3V

A[9

1]U

SB

I/F

D[1

50]

MM

D

LSU

UN

ITV

FM

Mai

n M

otor

PMD

TM+, TM–

DMT0/1/2/3

A

SIC

C

PU

H8S

/232

0

I E E E 1 2 8 4

L

aser

I/F P

WB

(Opt

iona

l)

Pol

ygon

Mot

or

OS

C(2

4MH

z)

OS

C(1

3.98

67M

Hz)

Oth

er L

oads

<A

SIC

I/O

>M

PF

S,R

RS

,HL,

PR

FA

N M

otor

SG

SS

RR

CS

PU

SS

PP

ST

CG

RID

LM

CB

IAS

MP

FS

CP

FS

2T

oner

Mot

orS

cann

er M

otor

CP

FS

1D

uple

x M

otor

Oth

er In

puts

CP

U IN

TE

RR

UP

TP

MC

LKM

HP

SS

PP

DC

PU

I/O R

TH

PP

D1,

PO

D, M

FD

, CE

D1,

TC

S,

DV

S1,

PP

D2,

PP

D3,

CE

D2,

DS

WS

SD

SW

, SP

ID, S

DO

D, D

RS

TM

ultiP

lexe

d

MC

U P

WB

UN

IT

I2C

Bus

A[1

6..0

]

D[1

58]

A[1

9..0

]

D[1

5..0

]A

[19

0]D

[15

0]

Pow

er R

eset

3.3V

3.3V

/5V

/5V

EN

/12V

24V

C

PU

H8S

/232

0 (1

9.66

08M

Hz)

EE

PR

OM

(2K

b)

Res

et IC

S

RA

M (

1Mb

x 1)

RO

M(4

Mb)

P

ower

Sup

ply

Uni

t(L

ow P

ower

/Hig

h P

ower

)

SP

MT

0/1/

2/3

SP

F M

otor

U S B 1 . 1

Page 96: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS ELECTRICAL SECTION 12 - 2

B. MCU PWB unit

Tone

r

Mo

tor

Mai

n

Mot

or

SP

F

Mo

tor

Dup

lex

Mo

tor

Sca

nner

Mo

tor

Ope

ratio

n

PW

B

CC

D

PW

B

Inve

rter

PW

B

Cop

y

Lam

p

PO

WE

R

SU

PP

LY

New

Dru

m

Det

ect

PP

D1

PO

D

MF

D

FA

N

Mo

tor

Cas

sette

Det

ect

CP

FS

MP

FS

RR

S

SD

OD

DS

PF

Mod

el O

nly

SP

F/D

SP

F

Mod

el O

nly

CN

106

CN

111

CN

114

CN

123

CN

108

CN

109

CN

117

CN

116

CN

110

IC12

6

CN

114

IC12

8

CN

122

LSU

UN

IT

(Pol

ygon

Mot

or)

IC12

7

CN

103

IC12

9

CN

124

IC10

3

CP

U(H

8S/2

320)

IC

106

A

SIC

HG

73C

119H

F

CN

123

IC12

1

IC11

5

IC11

7

IC11

4

IC11

9 IC

121

IC12

4

CN

101

IC12

5

CN

104

IC11

5

IC11

4

IC11

6

CN

102

CN

112

IC12

4

IC12

5 In

terlo

ck S

WIC

118

IC11

3

IC12

4 IC

121

CN

119

IC11

5

CN

107

IC11

3

Inte

rfac

e

PW

B

IC13

1

CN

105

/VID

EO

M

PR

DY

/SY

NC

SP

MT

_0 –

3

/DM

T_0

– 3

O

UT

_A+

– B

-

SH

OL

D

/LD

EN

PS

W

TM

A_O

M

MLD

/M

MD

KIN

1K

IN2

OP

_CLK

Etc

OP

_LA

TC

H

OP

_DAT

A

Etc

AF

E_C

LK

A

D_C

LK

VC

L

Etc

AF

E_D

B0

– 7

MT

_AT

_HO

ME

E

tc

US

BIN

V

PIN

V

MIN

E

tc

PAR

AD

0 –

7V

PO

UT

V

MO

UT

E

tc

/PO

FF

H

LO

UT

E

tc

3.3V

IN

5VIN

12

VIN

24

VIN

Etc

Etc

E

tc

TM

B_O

V

FM

OU

T

/VF

MC

NT

IC12

5

CN

120

PP

D2

TH

ER

MIS

TO

R

HIG

H V

OLT

AG

E

CO

NT

RO

L U

NIT

Hea

ter

Lam

p

DV

UN

IT

DV

SE

L

Page 97: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS ELECTRICAL SECTION 12 - 3

2. Circuit descriptionsA. Main PWB (MCU)

(1) GeneralThe MCU PWB is composed of:

• CPU peripheral sections which perform mechanical sequencecontrol and function job management

• Image process ASIC which performs image process, CCD control,LSU control, and print control

• Motor control circuit

• Mechanical load, sensor I/O circuit

It controls the processes for copying, the transport loads, fusing, theoptical system, the operation panel, and the option PWB.

(2) CPU signal table (HD6412320F)

PIN No.

Signal codeInput/Output

Operating

1 /CS1 Output SRAM chip select2 /CS0 Output Flash ROM chip select3 GND DGND4 GND DGND5 Vcc CPU3.3V6 A0 Output Address bus7 A1 Output Address bus8 A2 Output Address bus9 A3 Output Address bus

10 GND DGND11 A4 Output Address bus12 A5 Output Address bus13 A6 Output Address bus14 A7 Output Address bus15 A8 Output Address bus16 A9 Output Address bus17 A10 Output Address bus18 A11 Output Address bus19 GND DGND20 A12 Output Address bus21 A13 Output Address bus22 A14 Output Address bus23 A15 Output Address bus24 A16 Output Address bus25 A17 Output Address bus26 A18 Output Address bus27 A19 Output Address bus28 GND DGND29 A20 Pull-Up30 PSW Interruption

level inputPrint SW

31 SPPD Interruption level input

SPF paper sensor

32 CCD_TG Interruption level input

CCD horizontal sync signal

33 Mt_at_home Interruption level input

Mirror Home Position

34 /CPUSYNC Interruption level input

Horizontal sync (ASIC)

35 GND DGND36 GND DGND37 FW Interruption

level inputZero cross signal

38 ARB_INT Interruption level input

ASIC interruption

39 Vcc CPU3.3V40 D0 Data I/O Data bus41 D1 Data I/O Data bus42 D2 Data I/O Data bus43 D3 Data I/O Data bus44 GND DGND

45 D4 Data I/O Data bus46 D5 Data I/O Data bus47 D6 Data I/O Data bus48 D7 Data I/O Data bus49 D8 Data I/O Data bus50 D9 Data I/O Data bus51 D10 Data I/O Data bus52 D11 Data I/O Data bus53 GND DGND54 D12 Data I/O Data bus55 D13 Data I/O Data bus56 D14 Data I/O Data bus57 D15 Data I/O Data bus58 Vcc CPU3.3V59 ONL Output Online LED control60 TxD1 Output For debug61 D_CONT Output USB Pull-Up control62 BEO Output OPE LED control63 RESETOUT1 Output ASIC Reset signal64 CL_Reset Output Copy lamp control65 GND DGND66 /DREQ0 Pull-Up67 GND DGND68 GND DGND69 RY/BY Input Flash Busy signal70 KIN1 Input HC151 selector detection71 KIN2 Input HC151 selector detection72 TMCLK Output Toner motor lock73 TMEN Output Toner motor enable74 POFF Output Shut off control75 PMCLK Output Polygon clock76 DMT0 Output Duplex Motor signal77 DMT1 Output Duplex Motor signal78 DMT2 Output Duplex Motor signal79 DMT3 Output Duplex Motor signal80 WDTOVF Output NC Pull-Up81 /RES Input Reset82 NMI Output NC Pull-Up83 STBY Output NC Pull-Up84 Vcc CPU3.3V85 XTAL Input Clock86 EXTAL Output Clock87 GND DGND88 CPUCLK Output NC89 Vcc CPU3.3V90 Reset OUT NC 91 /RD Output Read signal92 /HWR Output Write signal (High address)93 /LWR Output Write signal (Low address)94 SELIN3 Output HC151 select signal 95 SELIN2 Output HC151 select signal96 SELIN1 Output HC151 select signal97 FAXSTS NC98 FAXCMD NC99 GND DGND100 GND DGND101 SCL Output EEPROM clock102 DSDA Data I/O EEPROM Data bus103 AVcc CPU3.3V104 Vref CPU3.3V105 RTH Analog

inputFusing thermistor

106 Analog input

NC Pull-Up

107 SIN1 Input HC151 select detection108 SIN2 Input HC151 select detection109 SIN3 Input HC151 select detection

PIN No.

Signal codeInput/Output

Operating

Page 98: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS ELECTRICAL SECTION 12 - 4

(3) Image process ASIC (HG73C119HF)a. General

The ASIC is composed of the three major blocks: the image processsection, the print control section, and the I/F section.

Image process section:

With image data from the CCD PWB in the operation mode deter-mined by the register setup, shading, AE process, input γ correc-tion, area separation, filter process, resolution conversion, zoomprocess, output γ correction, binary conversion (error diffusion,dither method, simple binary conversion) are performed.

Print control section:

When copying, the image-processed data are outputted to the LSUaccording to the LSU writing timing. When scanning, the imagedata are made into 8bit width and outputted to the I/F section(USB).

I/F section:

Controls the DRAM which is the image data buffer, and processesdata send/receive between the USB I/F and the IEEE1284 I/F.

The ASIC is controlled by writing the operation mode and the neces-sary setup values of the operation mode into the ASIC control registerbefore starting each operation. (For ASIC Pin configuration, refer to thetable at the end of this document.)

b. ASIC (Signal table)

110 USBIN Input IF PWB detection signal111 Input NC112 Input NC113 Avss DGND114 GND DGND115 /SCANSP Output Scan STOP signal116 /SCANST Output Scan START signal117 /TRANSST Output ASIC transfer signal118 /PRINTST Output Print Start signal119 SPMT3 Output SPF motor signal120 SPMT2/MIRCNT Output/

InputSPF motor signal/mirror counter

121 SPMT1 Output SPF motor signal122 SPMT0 Output SPF motor signal123 GND DGND124 GND DGND125 Vcc CPU3.3V126 PSL Output Power save LED control127 NC128 /CS2 Output ASIC chip select

PIN No.

Signal codeInput/Output

Operating

Scan start

CCD PWB

Shading

CC

D drive

AE

Resolution conversion, Zooming, lmage process circuit

Print data process circuit

DRAM control

PRINT control

DRAM8MB or 16MB

LSU

HSYNC

VSYNC

To CPU bus

ASIC

Image process section

I/F section

Print control section

ASIC control resistor

PIN No.

Signal Name IN/OUTConnected

toDescription

1 cpu_ad7 IN CPU CPU address bus2 cpu_ad6 IN CPU CPU address bus3 cpu_ad5 IN CPU CPU address bus4 cpu_ad4 IN CPU CPU address bus5 VCC(CORE/DC)

3.3VPower

6 cpu_ad3 IN CPU CPU address bus7 cpu_ad2 IN CPU CPU address bus8 GND(CORE/DC) Power9 cpu_ad1 IN CPU CPU address bus

10 sgs OUT Tr array IC SPF/RSPF gate solenoid control signal "H":ON

11 srrc OUT Tr array IC SPF/RSPF resist roller clutch control signal "H":ON

12 spus OUT Tr array IC SPF/RSPF document feed solenoid control signal "H":ON

13 spfs OUT Tr array IC SPF/RSPF document transport solenoid control signal "H":ON

14 mrps1 OUT Tr array IC SPF/RSPF motor current control signal

15 mrps2 OUT Tr array IC SPF/RSPF motor current control signal

PIN No.

Signal Name IN/OUTConnected

toDescription

Page 99: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS ELECTRICAL SECTION 12 - 5

16 ope_latch OUT Tr array IC Operation circuit latch signal. Data take-in at "L"

17 op_data OUT Tr array IC Operation circuit data signal

18 VCC(AC) 3.3V Power19 op_clk OUT Tr array IC Operation circuit clock

signal20 vfmcnt OUT Tr array IC Ventilation fan rotation

speed control signal. "H": High speed, "L": Low speed

21 GND(AC) Power22 vfm OUT Tr array IC Ventilation fan control

signal. "H": Fan ON23 tc OUT Tr array IC Transfer charger

control signal. "H":ON24 gridl OUT Tr array IC Main charger grid

control signal. "H": L output

25 mc OUT Tr array IC Main charger control signal. "H": ON

26 mrps3 OUT Tr array IC SPF/RSPF motor current control signal

27 mm_y3 OUT Tr array IC Carriage motor current control signal

28 bias OUT Tr array IC DV bias control signal. "H":ON

29 lden OUT Tr array IC Laser circuit control signal. "H": Laser circuit ON

30 pmd OUT Tr array IC Polygon motor control signal. "H": Polygon motor ON

31 GND(CORE/DC) Power32 mmd OUT Tr array IC Main motor control

signal. "H": Main motor ON

33 GND(CORE/DC) Power34 VCC(CORE/DC)

3.3VPower

35 mpfs OUT Tr array IC Manual feed solenoid control signal. "H": ON

36 cpfs2 OUT Tr array IC Second cassette paper feed solenoid control signal. "H":ON

37 cpfs1 OUT Tr array IC Cassette paper feed solenoid control signal. "H":ON

38 poffr (Not used)39 rrs OUT Tr array IC Resist roller solenoid

control signal. "H":ON40 pr OUT Tr array IC Power relay control

signal. "H":ON41 hl OUT Tr array IC Heater lamp control

signal. "H":ON42 TMON OUT Tr array IC (Not used)43 TM_ OUT Buffer IC Toner motor control

signal 44 VCC(AC) 3.3V Power45 TM OUT Buffer IC Toner motor control

signal 46 miron OUT Buffer IC SPF scanner select

signal 47 GND(AC) Power48 spfon OUT Buffer IC SPF ON signal

PIN No.

Signal Name IN/OUTConnected

toDescription

49 mircnt OUT Buffer IC SPF scanner select signal

50 GND(AC) Power51 pcl_s_print (Not used)52 fax_s_print (Not used)53 es_s_print (Not used)54 prareaen (Not used)55 d_s_ATDI_B (Not used)56 GND(CORE/DC) Power57 VCC(CORE/

GND) 3.3V58 pfclko (Not used)59 RESET IN ASIC reset signal60 GND(CORE/DC) Power61 ATRST IN (Not used)62 ATCK (Not used)63 ATMS (Not used)64 VCC(AC) 3.3V Power65 ie1284_stb IN I/F board

connector/STB signal (IEEE1284 communication port)

66 ie1284_autofd IN I/F board connector

/AUTOFD signal (IEEE1284 communication port)

67 ie1284_slctin IN I/F board connector

/SLCTIN signal (IEEE1284 communication port)

68 ie1284_init IN I/F board connector

/INIT signal (IEEE1284 communication port)

69 VCC(CORE/DC) 3.3V

Power

70 ie1284_slct OUT I/F board connector

SLCT signal (IEEE1284 communication port)

71 ie1284_pe OUT I/F board connector

PE signal (IEEE1284 communication port)

72 GND(CORE/DC) Power73 ie1284_busy OUT I/F board

connectorBUSY signal (IEEE1284 communication port)

74 ie1284_ack OUT I/F board connector

/ACK signal (IEEE1284 communication port)

75 ie1284_fault OUT I/F board connector

/FAULT signal (IEEE1284 communication port)

76 ie1284_rev OUT I/F board connector

/REV signal (IEEE1284 communication port)

77 ie1284_parad7 IN/OUT I/F board connector

DATA bus (IEEE1284 communication port)

78 ie1284_parad6 IN/OUT I/F board connector

DATA bus (IEEE1284 communication port)

79 ie1284_parad5 IN/OUT I/F board connector

DATA bus (IEEE1284 communication port)

80 ie1284_parad4 IN/OUT I/F board connector

DATA bus (IEEE1284 communication port)

81 ie1284_parad3 IN/OUT I/F board connector

DATA bus (IEEE1284 communication port)

82 VCC(AC) 3.3V83 ie1284_parad2 IN/OUT I/F board

connectorDATA bus (IEEE1284 communication port)

84 ie1284_parad1 IN/OUT I/F board connector

DATA bus (IEEE1284 communication port)

85 GND(AC) Power

PIN No.

Signal Name IN/OUTConnected

toDescription

Page 100: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS ELECTRICAL SECTION 12 - 6

86 ie1284_parad0 IN/OUT I/F board connector

DATA bus (IEEE1284 communication port)

87 suspend OUT I/F board connector

SUSPEND signal (USB communication port)

88 vmin IN I/F board connector

VMIN signal (USB communication port)

89 vpin IN I/F board connector

VPIN signal (USB communication port)

90 rcv IN I/F board connector

RCV signal (USB communication port)

91 oen OUT I/F board connector

OEN signal (USB communication port)

92 vmout OUT I/F board connector

VMOUT signal (USB communication port)

93 vpout OUT I/F board connector

VPOUT signal (USB communication port)

94 tm2_15m (Not used)95 VCC(PLL) 3.3V Power96 GND(PLL) Power97 VCC(PLL) 3.3V Power98 GND(PLL) Power99 pfclk IN Clock100 VCC(CORE/DC)

3.3VPower

101 GND(CORE/DC) Power102 ram_data0 IN/OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image

process page memory) data bus

103 ram_data1 IN/OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image process page memory) data bus

104 ram_data2 IN/OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image process page memory) data bus

105 GND(AC) Power106 ram_data3 IN/OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image

process page memory) data bus

107 ram_data4 IN/OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image process page memory) data bus

108 VCC(AC) 3.3V Power109 ram_data5 IN/OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image

process page memory) data bus

110 ram_data6 IN/OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image process page memory) data bus

111 GND(CORE/DC) Power112 ram_data7 IN/OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image

process page memory) data bus

113 ram_data15 IN/OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image process page memory) data bus

114 ram_data14 IN/OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image process page memory) data bus

115 VCC(CORE/DC) 3.3V

Power

116 ram_data13 IN/OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image process page memory) data bus

117 ram_data12 IN/OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image process page memory) data bus

PIN No.

Signal Name IN/OUTConnected

toDescription

118 GND(CORE/DC) Power119 ram_data11 IN/OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image

process page memory) data bus

120 ram_data10 IN/OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image process page memory) data bus

121 VCC(CORE/DC) 3.3V

122 ram_data9 IN/OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image process page memory) data bus

123 ram_data8 IN/OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image process page memory) data bus

124 GND(AC) Power125 ram_clk OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image

process page memory) CLK signal

126 ram_cke OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image process page memory) CKE signal

127 xram_wde OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image process page memory) WDE signal

128 VCC(AC) 3.3V Power129 GND(CORE/DC) Power130 xram_cas OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image

process page memory) CAS signal

131 xram_ras OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image process page memory) RAS signal

132 xram_cs OUT SDRAM (Image process page memory) CS signal

133 VCC(CORE/DC) 3.3V

Power

134 ram_banks0 OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image process page memory) BANK signal

135 ram_banks1 OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image process page memory) BANK signal

136 GND(CORE/DC) Power137 ram_dqm0 OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image

process page memory) DQM signal

138 ram_dqm1 OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image process page memory) DQM signal

139 ram_mad12 OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image process page memory) address bus

140 VCC(CORE/DC) 3.3V

Power

141 ram_mad11 OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image process page memory) address bus

142 ram_mad9 OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image process page memory) address bus

143 GND(AC)144 ram_mad8 OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image

process page memory) address bus

PIN No.

Signal Name IN/OUTConnected

toDescription

Page 101: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS ELECTRICAL SECTION 12 - 7

145 ram_mad7 OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image process page memory) address bus

146 VCC(AC)147 ram_mad6 OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image

process page memory) address bus

148 ram_mad5 OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image process page memory) address bus

149 GND(CORE/DC)150 ram_mad4 OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image

process page memory) address bus

151 ram_mad10 OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image process page memory) address bus

152 ram_mad0 OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image process page memory) address bus

153 VCC(CORE/DC)154 ram_mad1 OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image

process page memory) address bus

155 ram_mad2 OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image process page memory) address bus

156 ram_mad3 OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image process page memory) address bus

157 d_s_ATDO_B (Not used)158 cl OUT Logic IC Copy lamp control

signal159 VCC(CORE/DC)

3.3VPower

160 afp_oeb (Not used)161 ccd_tg OUT CCD PWB CCD control signal162 GND(CORE/DC) Power163 afp_vsmp OUT CCD PWB AFE control signal164 ccdrs OUT CCD PWB CCD control signal165 ccdcp OUT CCD PWB CCD control signal166 VCC(AC) 3.3V Power167 afp_bsmp OUT CCD PWB AFE control signal168 ccd_ph2 OUT CCD PWB CCD control signal169 afp_afesdi OUT CCD PWB AFE control signal170 GND(AC) Power171 ccd_ph1 OUT CCD PWB CCD control signal172 VCC(CORE/DC)173 afp_adcclk OUT CCD PWB AFE control signal174 afp_afesen OUT CCD PWB AFE control signal175 GND(CORE/DC) Power176 afp_afesck OUT CCD PWB AFE control signal177 mtr_at_home IN CCD PWB Carriage home

position signal178 VCC(CORE/DC) Power179 afp_data7 IN CCD PWB Image scan data180 afp_data6 IN CCD PWB Image scan data181 afp_data5 IN CCD PWB Image scan data182 GND(CORE/DC) Power183 afp_data4 IN CCD PWB Image scan data184 afp_data3 IN CCD PWB Image scan data185 VCC(AC) 3.3V Power186 afp_data2 IN CCD PWB Image scan data187 afp_data1 IN CCD PWB Image scan data188 GND(AC) Power

PIN No.

Signal Name IN/OUTConnected

toDescription

189 afp_data0 IN CCD PWB Image scan data190 GND(CORE/DC) Power191 sfclk IN Clock192 tm2_24m (Not used)193 GND(PLL) Power194 VCC(PLL) 3.3V Power195 GND(PLL) Power196 VCC(PLL) 3.3V Power197 VCC(CORE/DC)

3.3VPower

198 mtr_y1 OUT Tr array IC Carriage motor current control signal

199 mtr_phase1 OUT Motor driver

Carriage motor control signal

200 GND(CORE/DC) Power201 mtr_i01 OUT Motor

driverCarriage motor control signal

202 mtr_i11 OUT Motor driver

Carriage motor control signal

203 mtr_i21 OUT Motor driver

Carriage motor control signal

204 mtr_phase2 OUT Motor driver

Carriage motor control signal

205 VCC(CORE/DC) 3.3V

Power

206 mtr_i02 OUT Motor driver

Carriage motor control signal

207 mtr_i12 OUT Motor driver

Carriage motor control signal

208 mtr_i22 OUT Motor driver

Carriage motor control signal

209 mtr_y2 OUT Tr array IC Carriage motor current control signal

210 VCC(AC) 3.3V Power211 xsync IN LSU Horizontal sync signal

from LSU (/SYNC)212 xld OUT LSU Laser drive signal

(/VIDEO)213 GND(AC) Power214 xlend OUT LSU Laser APC signal

(/LEND)215 xcpuwr IN CPU CPU write signal216 xcpurd IN CPU CPU read signal217 scanstop IN CPU Scan stop signal218 scanst IN CPU Scan start signal219 transst IN CPU Data transfer start

signal220 printst IN CPU Print start signal221 tmen IN CPU Toner motor clock

enable signal222 testpin4 (Not used)223 VCC(CORE/DC)

3.3VPower

224 testpin3 (Not used)225 tmclk IN Toner motor clock

signal226 GND(CORE/DC) Power227 testpin2 (Not used)228 testpin1 (Not used)229 testpin0 (Not used)230 cpudata15 IN/OUT CPU CPU data bus231 cpudata14 IN/OUT CPU CPU data bus232 cpudata13 IN/OUT CPU CPU data bus233 cpudata12 IN/OUT CPU CPU data bus234 cpudata11 IN/OUT CPU CPU data bus

PIN No.

Signal Name IN/OUTConnected

toDescription

Page 102: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS ELECTRICAL SECTION 12 - 8

(3) Reset circuitThis circuit detects ON/OFF of power to control start/stop of each cir-cuit. The 3.3V voltage of the main PWB is detected by the reset IC togenerate the reset signal.

When the power voltage reaches the specified level, the circuit opera-tions are started. Before the power voltage falls below the specifiedlevel, the circuit operations are stopped to prevent against malfunc-tions.

(4) Heater lamp control circuita. Outline

The heater lamp control circuit detects the heat roller surface tempera-ture and converts in into a voltage level. The converted voltage isinputted to the CPU analog input pin.

The CPU converts the inputted analog voltage into a digital signal leveland compares it with the set value of the simulation to control on/off theheater lamp according to the level, maintaining the heat roller surfacetemperature at a constant level.

The lower the heat roller surface temperature is, the greater the ther-mistor resistance is, and vise versa.

Therefore, the lower the heat roller surface temperature is, the higherthe thermistor terminal voltage is, and vise versa. The thermistor termi-nal voltage is inputted to the CPU analog port.

The CPU controls ON/OFF of the heater lamp by this input voltagelevel.

[High temperature protect circuit in case of CPU hung up]

For IC120 3pin (reference voltage), +3.3V is divided by the resistor.

The thermistor terminal voltage is inputted to IC120 2pin.

When, the voltage at 2pin becomes lower than the voltage at 3pin(when the heat roller temperature is about 220 – 230°C), IC120 1pinbecomes HIGH, and the HL signal is lowered to the GND potentialthrough IC124, stopping generation of the heater lamp ON signal.(IC120 1pin is normal LOW.)

235 cpudata10 IN/OUT CPU CPU data bus236 VCC(AC) 3.3V Power237 cpudata9 IN/OUT CPU CPU data bus238 cpudata8 IN/OUT CPU CPU data bus239 GND(CORE/DC) Power240 cpudata7 IN/OUT CPU CPU data bus241 cpudata6 IN/OUT CPU CPU data bus242 cpudata5 IN/OUT CPU CPU data bus243 cpudata4 IN/OUT CPU CPU data bus244 VCC(CORE/DC)

3.3VPower

245 cpudata3 IN/OUT CPU CPU data bus246 cpudata2 IN/OUT CPU CPU data bus247 cpudata1 IN/OUT CPU CPU data bus248 cpudata0 IN/OUT CPU CPU data bus249 VCC(AC) 3.3V Power250 xcpucs IN CPU CS signal251 mem_intr (Not used)252 GND(AC) Power253 arb_intr OUT CPU INTR signal254 cpusync OUT CPU CPU SYNC signal255 cpu_ad9 IN CPU CPU address bus256 cpu_ad8 IN CPU CPU address bus

PIN No.

Signal Name IN/OUTConnected

toDescription

Reset_OUT (ASIC Reset)

VCC3 VCC3

R114 11kF

C124 0.1u

C125 22000p

R117 10kF

IC104

M51957BFP

NC 8

GND 4

VCC 7NC 1

IN 2

NC 3

Cd 5OUT 6

R115 10kJ

CPU

P34

/RES

ASIC

12VVCC3

VCC3 VCC3

12VVCC3

12V

12V

12V

VCC3

5V

FTH

RTH

THOPEN

RTH_IN(1-A3)

(4-A3)

(5-B2)

(9-C2)

or KIA393F

or KIA393F

or KIA358F

or KDS226 or KDS226

R1567.5kF

R1594.3kF

D101

MA700

R1551MF

R1541kF

R15810kF

R1571kJ

C19722000p C199

0.1u

R169300J R170

100J

C198

0.1u

D102

DA204K

1

23

D103

DA204K

1

23

R1711.2kF

R17310kF

R17210kJ

C200

22000p

+

-

IC120A

NJM2903

3

21

84

C196

0.1u

+

-

IC120B

NJM2903

5

67

84

+

-

IC122A

LM358

3

21

84

CPU

AN0

t

12

Thermistor

Heat Roller

SW5V

(3-3B) HLHT EMP HLOUT (10-3A)

/HL

IC205

TD62503F

I11 O1 16

I22 O2 15

I33

I44 O3 14

I55 O4 13

I66 O5 12

I77COM8

O6 11O7 10

NC 9

R27

424

0J

R28

024

0J

Q205

DTA143XKA

OUT

IN

GND

D1031SS133

AK

To AC circuit(Heater lampControl)

Page 103: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS ELECTRICAL SECTION 12 - 9

[When the heat roller surface temperature is lower than the setlevel]

1) Since the thermistor terminal voltage is higher than the set level,the HL signal from the CPU becomes HIGH.

2) The HL signal is turned to be the HLOUT signal through IC124 pro-tect circuit, and inputted to the photo triac coupler on the powerPWB.

3) When the internal triac turns on, a pulse is applied to the gate of theexternal triac. Consequently a current flow from the power sourcethrough the heater lamp to the triac, lighting the heater lamp.

[When the heat roller surface temperature is higher than the setlevel]

1) Since the thermistor terminal voltage becomes lower than the setvalue, the HL signal from the CPU becomes LOW.

2) The HL turns LOW, the photo triac coupler on the power PWB turnsOFF, the external triac turns OFF, and the heater lamp turns OFF.

[In case of the thermistor open]

The voltage at IC120 6pin over the voltage at 5pin to drive the outputTHOPEN at 7pin to LOW. This is passed to the CPU and the troublecode "H2" is displayed.

(5) Driver circuit (Solenoid)a. Outline

Since the load signal from the CPU or the ASIC cannot drive the loaddirectly, it is passed through the driver IC to drive the load.

b. Operation

The driver circuit forms a Darlington circuit with transistors. Therefore alarge drive current is obtained from a small current (ASIC output cur-rent). When the driver input voltage (base resistance input) is HIGH(+3.3V), the transistor turns ON to flow a current in the arrow direction,operating the load. When the driver is ON, the driver output terminalvoltage is 0V.

(6) Toner supply motor drive circuitThe IC129 is the motor control IC, which generates the pseudo ACwaveform with the pulse signals (TM, TM-) outputted from ASIC, driv-ing the toner supply motor.

(7) Main motor drive circuitThe main motor is driven by the MMD signal from ASIC. While themain motor is rotating, the MMD signal is driven to HIGH and passedthrough IC125 to the control circuit in the main motor to rotate the mainmotor. When the main motor speed reaches the specified rpm, theMMLD signal is turned LOW and passed through IC115 to the CPU.

LOAD

+24V

ASIC/CPUOUT PUT

LOAD

24V

PGND

PGND

PGND

(TM)(TM_)

TMB_OTMA_O

(4-D3)(4-D3) (9-A1)

(9-A1)

R20547kJ

R20447kJ

+C21210u/35V

R1871kJ

R1881kJ

IC129

BA6920FP

Vcc17

GND8

Rin20

Fin18 OUT1

9

OUT25

VM16

VREF21

RNF6

PSAVE19

NC1

NC2

NC3

NC4

NC7

NC10

NC11

NC12

NC13

NC14NC15NC22NC23NC24NC25

FINFIN

C213

0.1u/50V

MMLD

ASIC

Main Motor

Control

Circuit

( Main Motor)

IC201

TD62503F

I11

O1 16

I22

O2 15

I33

I44 O3 14

I5

5 O4 13

I66 O5 12

I7

7 COM

8 O6 11

O7 10

NC

9

MMD MMD /MMD

CPU

Page 104: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS ELECTRICAL SECTION 12 - 10

(8) Mirror motor control circuit, Duplex motor control circuitStepping motors are employed for the mirror motor, the SPF motor,and the duplex motor. The driver for IC127 (for mirror motor) is thebipolar drive L6219DS, and the driver for IC128 (for SPF) is the uni-polar drive IC MTD1361F. For control, the SPF outputs the drive signalfrom the CPU to the IC, and the mirror outputs the drive signal to the ICwith the ASIC. They drive each motor in 1-2 phase excitement or 2-phase excitement.

Each motor switches the motor current value in each magnificationratio.

• SPF motor drive circuit

• Mirror motor drive circuit

PGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

PGND PGND

24VM

5V

PGND

SPMT_2

(SPMT2)

SPMT_0SPMT_3SPMT_1

MRPS_1MRPS_2MRPS_3

(SPMT0)(SPMT3)(SPMT1)

(5-C2)(5-C2)(5-C2)

(4-D2)(4-D2)(4-D2)(4-D2)

(9-D1)(9-D1)

(9-E1)

(9-E1)

¢ U T

R199300J

C211 2200p

R191 7.5kJ

C214 2200p

R194 7.5kJ

C218

2200p

C227

OPEN

C216

OPEN

C215 OPEN

C232 OPEN

C222

2200p

R198 2.4kJ

R203 2.4kJ

R1951kJ

R2071kJ

C220

0.1u

R200620J

R2011.2kJ

R202100J

R196750J

+

C219

47u/16V

R197 1J 2W

IC128

MTD1361/F

CrA23

CrB20

VsA25

RsA3

VrefA24

VrefB19

RsB12

VsB18

In /A26

In A27

In /B17

In B16

Vmm22

OUT /A1

OUT A4

OUT /B14

OUT B11

PG15

PG28

D1

12

OP

EN

D1

13

OP

EN

D1

14

OP

EN

D1

15

OP

EN

R206 1J 2W

+

C21747u/16V

5V

24VM

24V

5V

5V

24VM

PGND

PGNDPGND PGND

24Vdup

PGND

PGND

PGND PGND

PGND

PGND

MM_PH_A

OUT_A-

MM_AI0

MM_PH_B

MM_BI0MM_BI1

MM_AI1

OUT_A+

OUT_B-

MMref0MMref1MMref2

OUT_B+

(8-C3)(8-C3)(8-C3)(8-C3)

(2-A3)(2-A3)(2-A3)

(2-A3)

(2-A3)(2-A3)

(5-C1)(5-C1)(5-C1)

CP101ICP-N38

C202820p

C203820p

C204820p

C2070.1u

C201820p

C2050.1u

+ C2061u/16V

+ C20847u/35V

D10

5O

PE

N

R1801.5kJ

R178

0.68J1W

R18230kJ

R18330kJ

R1791.5kJ

R177

0.68J1W

R186510J

R1851kJ

R1842kJ

R1811kJ

IC127

L6219DS

OUT 2A2

SENSE 23

COMP 24

OUT 2B5

GND6

GND7

I028

I129

PHASE 210

VREF 211

RC 212

VSS13RC 114VREF 115PHASE 116I1117GND18GND19I0120OUT 1B21COMP 122SENSE 123VS24

OUT 1A1

D10

6O

PE

N

D10

7O

PE

N

D10

8O

PE

N

CP102ICP-N38

C2090.1u/50V

C2100.1u/50V

CP2010603FA1.5A

CP2020603FA1.5A

Page 105: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS ELECTRICAL SECTION 12 - 11

(9) Operation circuita. General

The operation circuit is composed of the key matrix circuit and the dis-play matrix circuit.

b. Key matrix circuit

Select signals SELIN 1 – 3 are sent from the CPU of the MCU to theselector in the operation circuit.

The signals detecting OFF/ON of the key are sent to the CPU as KIN 1– 2.

c. Display circuit

The display is controlled by sending the data signal from the CPU ofthe MCU, the clock signals, and the latch signals from the ASIC to theLED driver in the operation circuit.

∗ The basic circuitry is the same as that of Puma.

(10) I/F circuita. General

The I/F circuit is composed of the USB driver and the IEEE1284 driver,and performs hard interface with the ASIC (MCU PWB).

b. USB circuit

With the USB driver, the differential signals (analog) of USB are con-verted into digital signal, which are sent to the ASIC. In the reverseprocedure, interface between the ASIC (engine) and the host is per-formed.

c. IEEE1284 circuit

The IEEE1284 driver is used to perform interface between the ASIC(engine) and the host.

(11) Carriage unita. General

The carriage unit is provided with the CCD PWB, the inverter PWB,and the lamps. It scans documents and transfers AD-converted imagedata to the ASIC.

b. CCD PWB

The CCD on the CCD PWB employs the color image sensor uPD8861of 5400 pixels x 3 lines, and scans documents in the main scanningdirection in the resolution of 600dpi/US letter size.

Image data scanned by the CCD are inputted to the AFE (AD9826),and subject to CDS, amplification, and AD-conversion. Then digitaldata are outputted to the MCU PWB and to the ASIC, which performsimage process of the digital data.

c. Lamp inverter PWB

The transformer is controlled by the lamp control signal from the MCUPWB. The transformer output controls lighting of the cool cathode raytube.

B. DC power circuitThe DC power circuit directly rectifies the AC power and performsswitching-conversion with the DC/DC converter circuit, and rectifiesand smoothes again to generate a DC voltage.

The constant voltage control circuit is of +5VEN. +24V and +12V are ofthe non-control system by winding from the +5VEN winding. As shownin fig (1), +24V, +12V, and +5V are provided with the ON/OFF functionby external signals. +3.3V is outputted from +5VEN to the regulator IC.

Refer to the block diagram, fig (1).

fig (1) Block diagram

USB driverIC401

USB

connector

D -

D+

OE, RCV, VP, VMSuspend, VMOVPO

ASIC

Centronics

connector

IEEE1284

driver

IC403

ASIC

Noise filtercircuit

Rush currentprevention circuit

Rectifying/smoothing

circuit

Inverter circuit(Flyback converter system)

Rectifying/smoothing circuit (Semiconductor switch)

Rectifying/smoothing circuit

Rectifying/smoothing circuit

+12V regulator IC(with ON/OFF function)

Overcurrentprotection circuit

Controlcircuit

Constant-voltagedetection circuit

(Semiconductor switch)

+3.3Vregulator IC

Page 106: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS ELECTRICAL SECTION 12 - 12

(1) Noise filter circuitThe filter circuit is composed of L and C. It reduces common noisesand normal mode noises generated from the AC line.

The common noise means that generated in each line for GND. Itsnoise component is delivered through C001, C003, and C007 to GND.

The normal noise means that overlapped in the AC line or the outputline. It is attenuated by C002, L001, C006, and L002. Refer to fig (2).

fig (2) Noise filter circuit

(2) Rush current prevention circuit and rectifying/smoothing circuit

fig (3) Rush current prevention, rectifying/smoothing circuit

Since the AC power is directly rectified, if there were not this rush cur-rent prevention resistor (TH001), an extremely large rush currentwould flow due to a charging current flowing through the smoothingcapacitor C010 when turning on the power.

To prevent against this, the rush current prevention resistor TH001 isprovided between the rectifying diode D002 and the smoothing diodeC010, suppressing a rush current.

The rectifying/smoothing circuit rectifies a 50/60Hz AC voltage with therectifying circuit, and smoothes it with the smoothing capacitor C010.

(3) Inverter and control circuit (Flyback converter system)

fig (4) Inverter and control circuit

This circuit is one-stone separate excitation DC-DC converter calledflyback converter, as shown in fig (4).

When an electromotive voltage of IC is applied through D012, R005,and R006 to IC002, IC002 oscillates to conduct Q001.

As a result, a voltage is applied to the primary winding of the convertertransformer (T001) and at the same time a voltage is generated in thedriving winding of IC002 to operate IC002. Then IC002 turns ON/OFFQ001 at the frequency of about 70KHz determined by R016.

Under the ON state, the voltage in the secondary winding is reversedto the diode D103 and no current flows through the secondary windingof T001.

Under the OFF state, the current flowing through the primary winding isin the same direction as the primary winding, conducting D103 andtransmitting energy to the secondary winding. Refer to fig (4).

fig (5) Operation waveform of the flyback converter

T001D103

R10

9R

111PC

002

IC10

2

Q001

R012

R006R005

R013C013

R012

AC

8 7 6IC002

R016

5

1 2 3 4

PC002

C010

secondarywindingvoltage

Page 107: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS ELECTRICAL SECTION 12 - 13

The control circuit is subject to negative feedback from the secondaryside as shown in fig (4). A photo coupler (PC002) is employed to insu-late between the primary side and the secondary side to feed back thecontrol signal to the primary side.

When the output voltage is increased by energy transmission fromT001, the voltage detected by R109 and R111 is compared with thereference voltage of IC102. When it exceeds the reference voltage, thecurrent flowing through IC102 (that is, the photo diode current ofPC002) is increased and transmitted to the primary side. Then thepotential at the feedback pin (2 pin) of IC102 is decreased to controlQ001. Therefore, the change in the output voltage on the secondaryside is passed through IC102 and PC002 to control Q001, stabilizingthe output voltage.

(4) Overcurrent protection circuit (Primary side)The inverter circuit of the primary side is connected with the currentdetection resistor R102. When an overcurrent occurs in the secondaryside, the current flowing through the primary side inverter Q001 isincreased. The current is detected by R012, and passed through R013to IC701 overcurrent restricting pin (3 pin) to turn OFF Q002, shuttingoff all power. To resupply the power, turn off and on the power. Referto fig (4).

(5) Rectifying/smoothing circuit (+5V)

fig (6) Rectifying/smoothing circuit

The high frequency pulse generated by the inverter circuit isdecreased by the converter transformer, rectified by the high frequencydiode D103, and smoothed by C103 and C104.

fig (7) +5V rectifying/smoothing circuit voltage waveform

Voltage waveform

Voltage waveform

Page 108: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 13 - 1

[13] CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

AA

BB

CC

DD

EE

44

33

22

11

MC

U P

WB

(C

PU

SE

CT

ION

)

1. M

CU

PW

B

C126

47p

1 2

BR

116

33J

1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

R107

*4 21

BR

119

33J

1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

BR12233J 1

234

8765

BR12533J

1234

8765

R103

*1 21

X101

HC

-49U

/S19.6

608M

Hz

12

R108

10kJ

21

BR12433J

1234

8765

R114

11kF

21

BR

118

33J

1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

R104

*3 21

R102

*2 21

BR12333J 1

234

8765

BR

120

33J

1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

R106

0J

21

C10

410

0p

1 2

C106

12p

12

C1140.1u1 2

C1150.1u1 2

C1110.1u1 2

C122OPEN1 2

C119OPEN1 2

C105

100p

1 2

C109

10u/1

6V

1 2

+

C1120.1u1 2

C120OPEN1 2

C124

0.1

u

1 2

C1100.1u1 2

C117OPEN1 2

C1130.1u1 2

C103

*512

R109

OP

EN

21

C125

22000p

1 2

C123OPEN1 2

C102

*61

2

R117

10kF

21

C108

0.1

u

1 2

C121OPEN1 2

R105

0J

21

C118OPEN1 2

R112

10kJ

21

BR

114

10kJ

1234

8765

L101

ZJS

R5101-2

23

1

2

3

BR

108

10kJ

1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

BR

115

10kJ

1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

BR

107

10kJ

1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

BR

110

10kJ

1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

C128

0.1

u

1 2

R111

10kJ

21

BR

117

10kJ

1234

8765

BR

109

10kJ

1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

BR

105

10kJ

1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

BR10110kJ1234

8765

R101

OP

EN

21

IC102

24W

C02

or H

T24L

C02

E0

1E

12

E2

3V

SS

4S

DA

5S

CL

6W

C7

VC

C8

BR10210kJ1234

8765

BR10310kJ1234

8765

BR

106

10kJ

1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

BR

104

10kJ

1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

IC101

P2010/P

LL701-0

1

Xin

1X

out

2F

S0

3V

ss4

SS

on

5M

OD

OU

T6

SR

07

VD

D8

BR11210kJ

1234

8765

R271

10kJ

21

IC103

H8S

/2320

HD

6412

320V

F25

(H8S

/232

0)

P35/S

CK

164

P34/S

CK

063

P33/R

xD1

62

P32/R

xD0

61

P31/T

xD1

60

P30/T

xD0

59

VC

C58

PD

7/D

15

57

PD

6/D

14

56

PD

5/D

13

55

PD

4/D

12

54

Vss

53

PD

3/D

11

52

PD

2/D

10

51

PD

1/D

950

PD

0/D

849

PE

7/D

748

PE

6/D

647

PE

5/D

546

PE

4/D

445

Vss

44

PE

3/D

343

PE

2/D

242

PE

1/D

141

PE

0/D

040

VC

C39

AV

cc103

Vre

f104

P40/A

N0

105

P41/A

N1

106

P42/A

N2

107

P43/A

N3

108

P44/A

N4

109

P45/A

N5

110

P46/A

N6/D

A0

111

P47/A

N7/D

A1

112

AV

ss113

Vss

114

P17/P

O15/T

IOC

B2/T

CLK

D115

P16/P

O14/T

IOC

A2

116

P15/P

O13/T

IOC

B1/T

CLK

C117

P14/P

O12/T

IOC

A1

118

P13/P

O11/T

IOC

D0/T

CLK

B119

P12/P

O10/T

IOC

C0/T

CLK

A120

P11/P

O9/T

IOC

B0/D

AC

K1

121

P10/P

O8/T

IOC

A0/D

AC

K0

122

MD

0123

MD

1124

MD

2125

PG

0/C

AS

126

PG

1/C

S3

127

PG

2/C

S2

128

PG3/CS1 1

PG4/CS0 2Vss 3

NC 4

VCC 5

PC0/A0 6

PC1/A1 7

PC2/A2 8

PC3/A3 9Vss 10

PC4/A4 11

PC5/A5 12PC6/A6 13

PC7/A7 14PB0/A8 15

PB1/A9 16

PB2/A10 17PB3/A11 18

Vss 19

PB4/A12 20

PB5/A13 21PB6/A14 22PB7/A15 23

PA0/A16 24PA1/A17 25

PA2/A18 26

PA3/A19 27Vss 28

PA4/A20/IRQ4 29

PA5/A21/IRQ5 30

PA6/A22/IRQ6 31

PA7/A23/IRQ7 32

P67// CS7IRQ3 33

P66// CS6IRQ2 34

Vss 35Vss 36

P65/IRQ1 37

P64/IRQ0 38

P53/ADTRG102P52/SCK2101

Vss100Vss99

P51/RxD298P50/TxD297

PF0/BREQ96PF1/BACK95

PF2// WAIT/BREQO LCAS94PF3/LWR93PF4/HWR92

PF5/RD91PF6/AS90

VCC89PF7/088

Vss87EXTAL86

XTAL85VCC84

STBY83NMI82

RES81WDTOVF80

P20/PO0/TIOCA379P21/PO1/YICOB378P22/PO2/TIOCC377P23/PO3/TIOCD376P24/PO4/TIOCA475 P25/PO5/TIOCB474P26/PO6/TIOCA573P27/PO7/TIOCB572

P63/TEND171P62/DREQ170

P61// TEND0CS569Vss68Vss67

P60// DREQ0CS466Vss65

BR12133J

1234

8765

IC104

M51957B

FP

NC

8

GN

D4

VC

C7

NC

1IN

2N

C3

Cd

5O

UT

6

C107

0.1

u

1 2C

101

0.1

u

1 2

R270

OP

EN

21

R115

10kJ

21

R118

10kJ

21R116

OP

EN 2

1

R276

33J

21

BR

111

10kJ

1234

8765

R277

33J

21

R278

100J

21

R283

10kJ

21

R284

10kJ

21R285

33J 2

1

R291

1kJ

21

D5

CP

UC

LK

(NC

)

D0

SP

MT

1

RY

/BY

CC

D_T

G

D7

LWR

D12

/CS

0

/CS

2

RESETOUT

D4

LWR

D8

D15

/CS

2

/SC

AN

SP

/TR

AN

SS

TD

10

/CS

0

D3

MT

_H

OM

E

(FW

)

D7

SC

L

/CS

1

FAX

ST

S(N

C)

/SC

AN

ST

/PR

INT

ST

D6

CP

U_

SY

NC

/PR

INT

ST

D13

MT

_H

OM

E

D5

D0

CC

D_

TG

AR

B_

INT

SD

A

D12

CPUNRST

D9

SP

MT

0

D11

SP

MT

2

/SC

AN

SP

D10

(FW

)

SP

MT

3

CPUCLK(NC)

FAX

ST

S(N

C)

D4

D2

/TR

AN

SS

T

CP

U_S

YN

C

D1

D9

SC

L

D2

AR

B_

INT

D14

SP

MT

1

SP

MT

3

/CS

1

SD

A

D3

FAX

CM

D(N

C)

A20

D6

D14

/SC

AN

ST

D8

D1

D15

SP

MT

0

SP

MT

2

FAX

CM

D(N

C)

D13

D11

RY

/BY

A0

A5

A2

A4

A11

A19

A13

A3

A8

A10

A7

A12

A16

A14

A18

A1

A15

A17

A6

A9

A2

0

CP

UN

RS

T

RE

SE

TO

UT

HW

R

HW

RR

D

RD

RE

SE

TO

UT

1

RE

SE

TO

UT

1

VC

C3

VC

C3

CP

U3.3

CP

U3.3

VC

C3

VC

C3

VC

C3

VC

C3

VC

C3

VC

C3

VC

C3

VC

C3

VC

C3

VC

C3

VC

C3

VC

C3

/AS

IC_R

ST

A[1

9..0]

mt_

at_

ho

me

(SIN

1)

RY

/BY

RT

H

SD

A

TM

CLK

(PS

W)

/CS

0

/CS

2

PO

FF

DM

T3

SP

MT

1

DM

T0

DM

T2

/SC

AN

ST

SE

LIN

1

SE

LIN

3

CC

D_

TG

/PR

INT

ST

CP

U_

SY

NC

AR

B_

INT

SC

L

(SIN

3)

(KIN

1)

D[1

5..0]

(SIN

2)

PS

L

(US

BIN

)

TM

EN

(KIN

2)

SP

MT

0

/CS

1

PM

CLK

SP

MT

2/M

IRC

NT

DM

T1

/SC

AN

SP

/TR

AN

SS

T

(SP

PD

)

SP

MT

3

SE

LIN

2

(FW

)

/LW

R

TxD

1

/RD

/HW

R

ON

L

D_C

ON

TB

EO

CP

UN

RS

T

/CL_R

ES

ET

Spre

adin

g R

ange :

+/-

1.2

5%

R104(*

3)

OP

EN

0J

R103(*

1)

OP

EN

680J

R107(*

4)

22J

OP

EN

R102(*

2)

0J

OP

EN

C103(*

5)

C102(*

6)

22pF

22pF

15pF

15pF

*R102,R

103,C

102, and C

103 a

re tem

tativ

e

(3-A

2)

(2-A

2)

(2-A

2)(3

-A2)

(4-C

3)

(4-C

3)

(4-C

3)

(9-B

1)

(9-B

1)

(5-E

3)

(4-D

3)

(4-D

3)

(4-D

3)

(2-A

2)

(2-A

2)

(2-A

2)

(2-A

2)

(4-C

2)

(4-C

2)

(4-C

2)

(4-C

2)

(8-C

3)

(8-D

3)

(2-A

1)

(3-A

2)

(3-C

2)

(2-D

1)

(2-A

1)

(3-A

3)

(2-A

1)

(4-D

4)

(8-C

2)

(7-E

1)

(2-A

1)

(2-B

4)

(7-E

1)

(2-A

2)

(3-A

1)

(6-D

3)

(6-D

3)

(6-D

4)

(6-D

4)

(5-B

2)

(5-B

1)

(2-A

2)

(2-A

2)

(4-D

4)

(4-D

4)

(3-B

2)

(9-B

1)(2

-D1)

(9-B

3)

(8-A

2)

(8-C

4)

CP

U p

ort

sele

ctio

n o

f a /A

SIC

_R

ST

outp

ut

PF

633J

mounte

d o

n R

116 a

nd R

285 a

re O

PE

NP

34

33J

mounte

d o

n R

285 a

nd R

116 a

re O

PE

N

(8-C

1)

(3-B

2)

When IC

101 is

,m

ounte

dN

OT

mounte

d

1/9

Page 109: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 13 - 2

AA

BB

CC

DD

EE

44

33

22

11

MC

U P

WB

(A

SIC

SE

CT

ION

)2/

9

L110

ZJS

R51

01-2

23

1

2

3

C16

40.

1u

1 2

C16322000p

1 2

C16

512

p

1 2

L113

ZJS

R51

01-2

23

1

2

3

C1680.1u

C16922000p

1 2

1 2

1 2

C16

712

p

C13

9

47u/

16V

1 2+

L103

ZJS

R51

01-2

231

2

3

C1290.1u

C1330.1u

C1310.1u

C1320.1u

C1340.1u

C1350.1u

C1360.1u

C1370.1u

C1380.1u1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2 1 2 1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2C1410.1u

C1440.1u

C1420.1u

C1430.1u

C1400.1u

C1450.1u

C1460.1u

C1470.1u

C1480.1u

C1490.1u

C1500.1u

C1570.1u

C1540.1u

C1590.1u

C1580.1u

C1550.1u

C1510.1u

C1530.1u

C1520.1u

C1560.1u

C1620.1u

C1600.1u

C1610.1u

R11933J21

R12

133

J2

1

R12

710

kJ2

1

R12

810

kJ2

1

X10

2

OS

C-1

124

MH

z

N.C

.1

VC

C8

OU

TP

UT

5

GN

D4

X10

3

OS

C-1

113

.986

7MH

zN.C

.1

VC

C8

OU

TP

UT

5

GN

D4

BR

134

33J

1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

BR

142

33J

1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

BR

143

33J

1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

BR

144

33J

1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

BR

147

33J

1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

BR

149

33J

1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

BR

151

33J

1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

BR

131

33J

1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5B

R13

233

J1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

BR

136

33J

1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

BR

138

33J

1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

BR

140

33J

1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

BR

141

33J

1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

BR12633J 1234

8765

1234

8765

1234

8765

1234

8765

1234

8765

BR12733J

BR12833J

BR12933J

BR13033J

BR

153

10kJ

1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

BR

154

10kJ

1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

BR

155

10kJ

1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

BR

145

10kJ

1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

BR

148

10kJ

1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

BR

150

10kJ

1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

BR

152

10kJ

1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

BR

133

10kJ

1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

BR

135

10kJ

1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

BR

137

10kJ

1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

BR

139

10kJ

1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

BR

146

10kJ

1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

R12

210

kJ

R12

9O

PE

N

R12

310

kJ

R13

0O

PE

NR

131

OP

EN

R12

410

kJ

R13

2O

PE

N

R12

510

kJR

126

10kJ

21

21

21

21

21 21

21

21

21

21

21

R13

3O

PE

N

R12

010

0J2

1

IC10

7N

C7S

T08

M5X

1 24 C17

00.

1u

1 2

C16

647

p

1 2

C1300.1u

R25

433

J2

1C

315

47p

12

R25

533

J2

1C

316

47p

12

R25

633

J2

1C

317

47p

12

R25

733

J2

1C

318

47p

12

R25

833

J2

1C

319

47p

12

R25

933

J2

1C

320

47p

12

R26

033

J2

1

C32

147

p12

R26

133

J21

R26

233

J21

R26

7

10J

21

R18

910

kJ2

1

IC10

6

HG

73C

119H

F

Jag

uar

AS

IC w

ith

ou

t P

CI

CPU_AD6 1CPU_AD5 2CPU_AD4 3CPU_AD3 4

GND(CORE/DC) 8

CPU_AD2 6CPU_AD1 7

VCC(CORE/DC) 5

CPU_AD0 9SGS 10SRRC 11SPUS 12SPPS 13MRPS1 14MRPS2 15OPE_LATCH 16OP_DATA 17VCC(AC) 18OP_CLK 19VFMCNT 20GND(AC) 21VFM 22TC 23GRIDL 24MC 25MRPS3 26Y3 27

BIAS 28LDEN 29PMD 30GND(CORE/DC) 31MMD 32

VCC(CORE/DC) 34MPFS 35CPFS2 36CPFS1 37POFFR 38RRS 39PR 40HL 41

TMON 42TM_ 43VCC(AC) 44TM 45MIRON 46GND(AC) 47SPFON 48MIRCNT 49

PCL_S_PRINT 51FAX_S_PRINT 52ES_S_PRINT 53PRAREAEN 54TDI 55

VCC(CORE/DC) 57GND(CORE/DC) 56

PFCLK0 58RESET# 59GND(AC) 60TRST 61TCK 62

TMS 63VCC(AC) 64

IE12

84_P

AR

AD

086

IE12

84_P

AR

AD

184

IE12

84_P

AR

AD

283

IE12

84_P

AR

AD

381

VC

C(C

OR

E/D

C)

69

IE12

84_P

AR

AD

480

IE12

84_P

AR

AD

579

GN

D(C

OR

E/D

C)

72

IE12

84_P

AR

AD

678

IE12

84_P

AR

AD

777

IE12

84_R

EV

#76

IE12

84_I

NIT

68

IE12

84_S

LCT

IN#

67

IE12

84_A

UTO

FD

#66

IE12

84_S

TB

#65

IE12

84_A

CK

#74

IE12

84_B

US

Y73

VC

C(A

C)

82

IE12

84_P

E71

IE12

84_F

AU

LT#

75

GN

D(A

C)

85

IE12

84_S

LCT

70

VP

OU

T93

VM

OU

T92

SU

SP

EN

D87

VM

IN88

VP

IN89

RC

V90

OE

N91

TM

2_15

M94

VC

C(P

LL)

95G

ND

(PLL

)96

VC

C(P

LL)

97G

ND

(PLL

)98

PF

CLK

99V

CC

(CO

RE

/DC

)10

0G

ND

(CO

RE

/DC

)10

1R

AM

_DAT

A0

102

RA

M_D

ATA

110

3R

AM

_DAT

A2

104

GN

D(A

C)

105

RA

M_D

ATA

310

6R

AM

_DAT

A4

107

VC

C(A

C)

108

RA

M_D

ATA

510

9R

AM

_DAT

A6

110

GN

D(C

OR

E/D

C)

111

RA

M_D

ATA

711

2R

AM

_DAT

A15

113

RA

M_D

ATA

1411

4V

CC

(CO

RE

/DC

)11

5R

AM

_DAT

A13

116

RA

M_D

ATA

1211

7G

ND

(CO

RE

/DC

)11

8R

AM

_DAT

A11

119

RA

M_D

ATA

1012

0V

CC

(CO

RE

/DC

)12

1R

AM

_DAT

A9

122

RA

M_D

ATA

812

3G

ND

(AC

)12

4R

AM

_CLK

125

RA

M_C

KE

126

RA

M_W

DE

#12

7V

CC

(AC

)12

8TM2_24M192

SFCLK191GND(AC)190

AFP_DATA0189GND(AC)188

AFP_DATA1187AFP_DATA2186

VCC(AC)185AFP_DATA3184AFP_DATA4183

GND(CORE/DC)182AFP_DATA5181AFP_DATA6180AFP_DATA7179

VCC(CORE/DC)178MTR_AT_HOME177

AFP_AFESCK176GND(CORE/DC)175

AFP_AFESEN174AFP_ADCCLK173

VCC(CORE/DC)172CCD_PH1171GND(AC)170

AFP_AFESDI169CCD_PH2168

AFP_BSMP167VCC(AC)166

CCD_PHCLB165CCD_PHRB164AFP_VSMP163

GND(CORE/DC)162CCD_TG161

AFP_OBE160VCC(CORE/DC)159

CL158TDO157

RAM_MAD3156RAM_MAD2155RAM_MAD1154

VCC(CORE/DC)153RAM_MAD0152

RAM_MAD10151RAM_MAD4150

GND(CORE/DC)149RAM_MAD5148RAM_MAD6147

VCC(AC)146RAM_MAD7145RAM_MAD8144

GND(AC)143RAM_MAD9142

RAM_MAD11141VCC(CORE/DC)140

RAM_MAD12139RAM_DQM1138RAM_DQM0137

GND(CORE/DC)136RAM_BANK1135RAM_BANK0134

VCC(CORE/DC)133RAM_CS#132

RAM_RAS#131RAM_CAS#130

GND(CORE/DC)129C

PU

_AD

725

6C

PU

_AD

825

5C

PU

_SY

NC

#25

4A

RB

_IN

TR

253

GN

D(A

C)

252

ME

M_I

NT

R25

1C

PU

CS

#25

0V

CC

(AC

)24

9C

PU

_DAT

A0

248

CP

U_D

ATA

124

7C

PU

_DAT

A2

246

CP

U_D

ATA

324

5V

CC

(CO

RE

/DC

)24

4C

PU

_DAT

A4

243

CP

U_D

ATA

524

2C

PU

_DAT

A6

241

CP

U_D

ATA

724

0G

ND

(CO

RE

/DC

)23

9C

PU

_DAT

A8

238

CP

U_D

ATA

923

7V

CC

(AC

)23

6C

PU

_DAT

A10

235

CP

U_D

ATA

1123

4C

PU

_DAT

A12

233

CP

U_D

ATA

1323

2

SC

AN

SP

217

CP

U_D

ATA

1423

1C

PU

_DAT

A15

230

TM

CLK

225

TM

EN

221

GN

D(C

OR

E/D

C)

226

PR

INT

ST

#22

0T

RA

NS

ST

#21

9

VC

C(C

OR

E/D

C)

223

SC

AN

ST

#21

8

CP

UR

D#

216

CP

UW

R#

215

TE

ST

PIN

022

9T

ES

TP

IN1

228

TE

ST

PIN

222

7

TE

ST

PIN

322

4

TE

ST

PIN

422

2

LEN

D#

214

GN

D(A

C)

213

LD#

212

SY

NC

#21

1V

CC

(AC

)21

0M

TR

_Y2

209

MT

R_I

2220

8M

TR

_I12

207

MT

R_I

0220

6V

CC

(CO

RE

/DC

)20

5M

TR

_PH

AS

E2

204

MT

R_I

2120

3M

TR

_I11

202

MT

R_I

0120

1G

ND

(CO

RE

/DC

)20

0M

TR

_PH

AS

E1

199

MT

R_Y

119

8V

CC

(CO

RE

/DC

)19

7

GN

D(P

LL)

195

VC

C(P

LL)

196

GN

D(P

LL)

193

VC

C(P

LL)

194

GND(CORE/DC) 33

GND(CORE/DC) 50

R27

9O

PE

N

R28

0O

PE

N

21

A6A5A4

A3A2

A1

A9

A8

D15

D13

D12

D11

D10

D9

D8

D7

D6

D5

D4

D3

D2

D1

D0

AC

KB

US

YP

ES

LCT

INIT

SLC

TIN

AU

TOF

DS

TB

PAR

AD

7PA

RA

D6

PAR

AD

5PA

RA

D4

PAR

AD

3PA

RA

D2

PAR

AD

1PA

RA

D0

RE

V

INIT

SLC

TIN

AU

TOF

DS

TB

AC

KB

US

YP

E

FAU

LT

SLC

T

FAU

LTR

EV

PAR

AD

7PA

RA

D6

PAR

AD

5PA

RA

D4

PAR

AD

3PA

RA

D2

PAR

AD

1PA

RA

D0

SU

SP

EN

DV

MIN

RA

MD

B0

RA

MD

B1

RA

MD

B2

RA

MD

B3

RA

MD

B4

RA

MD

B5

RA

MD

B6

RA

MD

B7

RA

MD

B15

RA

MD

B14

RA

MD

B13

RA

MD

B12

RA

MD

B11

RA

MD

B10

RA

MD

B9

RA

MD

B8

RA

MD

B0

RA

MD

B1

RA

MD

B2

RA

MD

B3

RA

MD

B4

RA

MD

B5

RA

MD

B6

RA

MD

B7

RA

MD

B15

RA

MD

B14

RA

MD

B13

RA

MD

B12

RA

MD

B11

RA

MD

B10

RA

MD

B9

RA

MD

B8

MAD12MAD11MAD9MAD8

MAD7MAD6MAD5MAD4

MAD10MAD0MAD1MAD2

MAD3POFFR

TMON

AF

E_D

B0

AF

E_D

B7

AF

E_D

B6

AF

E_D

B5

AF

E_D

B4

AF

E_D

B3

AF

E_D

B2

AF

E_D

B1

VP

OU

TV

MO

UT

SU

SP

EN

DV

MIN

VP

INR

CV

VP

INR

CV

VM

OU

TV

PO

UT

MM

_AI0

MM

_AI1

MM

_AI2

MM

_BI0

MM

_BI1

MM

_BI2

D14

ES_S_PRTFAX_S_PRTPCL_S_PRT

ES

_S_P

RT

FAX

_S_P

RT

PC

L_S

_PR

T

A7

MM

_AI0

MM

_AI2

MM

_AI1

MM

_BI0

MM

_BI1

MM

_BI2

PO

FF

R

TS

P0

TS

P1

TS

P2

TS

P3

TS

P4

TS

P0

TS

P1

TS

P2

TS

P3

TS

P4

TM

ONVC

C3

G3.

3V

G3.

3V

VC

C3

VC

C3

VC

C3

VC

C3

VC

C3

VC

C3

VC

C3

5V

5V

/LW

R

JTG

_TD

O

MA

D[1

2..0

]

DQ

M1

DQ

M0

BA

NK

1B

AN

K0

/SD

CS

/SD

RA

S/S

DC

AS

CL

CC

D_T

G

VS

AM

P

CC

D_R

S

CC

D_C

P

BS

AM

P

CC

D_P

HI2

AF

E_S

DI

CC

D_P

HI1

AD

CLK

AF

E_S

EN

AF

E_S

CK

mt_

at_h

ome

AF

E_D

B[7

..0]

MM

_Y1

MM

_PH

_A

MM

_AI0

MM

_AI1

MM

_PH

_B

MM

_BI0

MM

_BI1

MM

_Y2

/LE

ND

/RD

/SC

AN

SP

/SC

AN

ST

/TR

AN

SS

T/P

RIN

TS

TT

ME

N

TM

CLK

/CS

2

AR

B_I

NT

CP

U_S

YN

C

A[1

9..0

]

SGS

/RE

V

/INIT

JTG

_TM

SJT

G_T

CK

CP

UN

RS

T/A

SIC

_RS

TJT

G_T

DI

/AC

KB

US

YP

E

/FA

ULT

SLC

T

VP

OU

TV

MO

UT

SU

SP

EN

D

OE

NR

CV

/SLC

TIN

/AU

TOF

D/S

TB

VM

INV

PIN

/SD

WD

ES

DC

KE

SD

CLK

SRRCSPUSSPFS

MRPS1

OP_LATCHOP_DATA

VFMCNT

MRPS2

VFMTC

GRIDLMC

MRPS3

BIASLDEN

MM_Y3

PMD

MMD

RRS

HLPR

CPFS1

MPFSCPFS2

TM_

SPFON

TMMIRON

MIRCNT

OP_CLK

D[1

5..0

]

PAR

AD

[7..0

]

RA

MD

B[1

5..0

]

(/S

YN

C)

/VID

EO

(8-C

1)

(1-D

2),(

8-D

2)

(8-D

2)

(8-D

2)

(8-D

2)

(8-D

2)

(8-D

2)

(8-D

2)

(8-E

2)

(8-E

2)

(8-E

2)

(8-E

2)

(8-C

2)(8

-D2) (5

-B1)

(5-B

1)

(6-B

3)

(6-B

3)(6

-B3)

(6-C

3)

(6-C

3)(6

-C3)

(4-D

4)

(9-A

2)

(1-A

2)

(1-A

2)

(1-B

3)

(1-D

3)

(1-A

2)

(1-D

2)

(5-B

1)

(1-B

3)

(1-D

3)

(1-A

2)

(1-D

2)(1

-D2)

(1-A

2)

(1-C

1)

(5-A2)(5-A2)(5-A2)(5-A2)(5-B2)(5-B2)

(5-B3)

(5-B3)(5-B4)(5-B4)(5-B4)(5-B2)(5-B1)

(4-C3)(4-C3)

(4-C3)

(4-C3)

(4-C3)(4-C2)

(4-C2)(4-C2)

(5-B4)(5-B2)(5-B1)

(5-B1)

(5-B2)

(5-B3)(5-B3)(5-B3)

(5-B3)(5-B3)

(1-B

1)

(9-B

2)(9

-B2)

(9-B

2)

(8-A

2)

(8-B

2)

(8-B

2)(8

-B2)

(8-B

2)

(8-B

2)

(8-B

2)

(8-B

2)(8

-B2)

(8-B

2)(8

-B2)

(8-B

2)(8

-B2)

(8-B

2)

(8-B

1)(8

-B1)

(8-B

1)(8

-B1)

(3-E

3)(3

-E2)

(3-E

2)

(3-E

2)

(3-E

1)

(3-D

2)(3

-D2)

(3-D

2)(3

-D2)

(3-D

2)(3

-D2)

(3-D

2)

(9-B

2)

(1-B

1)

Page 110: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 13 - 3

AA

BB

CC

DD

EE

44

33

22

11

MC

U P

WB

(M

EM

OR

Y S

EC

TIO

N)

3/9

R13

8O

PE

N 21

C17

422

u/16

V

1 2+

C17

60.

1u

1 2

R13

710

kJ

21C

177

0.1u

1 2

C17

80.

1u

1 2

C17

90.

1u

1 2

C18

00.

1u

1 2

C18

10.

1u

1 2

C18

20.

1u

1 2

C18

30.

1u

1 2

IC11

0

SD

RA

M (

16bi

t x 4

bank

)

A0

23

A1

24

A2

25

A3

26A

429

A5

30A

631

A7

32A

833

A9

34

A10

22

BA

020

DQ

02

DQ

14

DQ

25

DQ

37

DQ

48

DQ

510

DQ

611

DQ

713

DQ

842

DQ

944

DQ

1045

DQ

1147

DQ

1248

DQ

1350

DQ

1451

DQ

1553

VC

C1

VC

C27

VS

S54

VS

S28

VC

CQ

9

VS

S41

VC

CQ

43

VC

CQ

49V

SS

Q6

VS

SQ

12

VS

SQ

46

VS

SQ

52

LDQ

M15

UD

QM

39W

E16

CA

S17

RA

S18

CS

19C

LKE

37C

LK38

NC

40

NC

36

VC

CQ

3

VC

C14

BA

121

A11

35

R13

9O

PE

N2

1

C17

30.

1u

1 2

R26

9

10kJ

21

IC11

2 W24

L010

AI/O0

13A

012

I/O1

14A

111

I/O2

15A

210

I/O3

17A

39

I/O4

18A

48

I/O5

19A

57

I/O6

20A

66

I/O7

21A

75

A8

27

A9

26

A10

23

A11

25

A12

4

A13

28

A14

3

CS

122

OE

24

WE

29

VD

D32

GN

D16

CS

230

A15

31

A16

2

NC

1

C32

6O

PE

N

1 2

C32

7

OP

EN

1 2

C32

4O

PE

N

1 2

C32

5O

PE

N

1 2

R2870J

21

R28610kJ

21

IC11

1

LH28

F40

0BV

E

A0

25A

124

A2

23A

322

A4

21A

520

A6

19A

718

A8

8A

97

A10

6A

115

A12

4A

133

A14

2A

151

A16

48

A17

17

DQ

029

DQ

131

DQ

233

DQ

335

DQ

438

DQ

540

DQ

642

DQ

744

DQ

830

DQ

932

DQ

1034

DQ

1136

DQ

1239

DQ

1341

DQ

1443

DQ

1545

NC

9

NC

10

NC

16

GN

D46

GN

D27

VC

C37

VP

P13

BY

TE

47

OE

28

CE

26

WE

11

RP

12

WP

14

RY

/BY

15

R288OPEN

21 R289OPEN

21

RA

MD

B0

RA

MD

B9

RA

MD

B10

RA

MD

B11

RA

MD

B12

RA

MD

B13

RA

MD

B14

RA

MD

B15

RA

MD

B7

RA

MD

B8

RA

MD

B3

RA

MD

B1

RA

MD

B5

RA

MD

B6

RA

MD

B2

RA

MD

B4

MA

D8

MA

D9

MA

D4

MA

D5

MA

D11

MA

D1

MA

D0

MA

D10

MA

D7

MA

D12

A17

A1R

DZ

MA

D3

MA

D2

MA

D6

CS

1ZR

DZ

HW

RZ

A5

A4

A2

A7

A1

A6

A8

A19

A2

A8

A12

A4

A3

A11

A3A16

A1

A13

A12

A11

A15

A10

A14

A10

A9

A6

A7

A17A14

A15

A13

A5

A18A9

A16

A0

HW

RZ

D12

D12

D1

D8

D4

D6

D9

D11

D14

D15

D11

D7

D3

D8

D5

D10

D10

D2

D14

D9

D13

D0

D13

D15

VC

C3

VC

C3

VC

C3

VC

C3

VC

C3

VC

C3

/CS

0

MA

D[1

2..0

]

BA

NK

0B

AN

K1

/SD

CS

/SD

WD

E/S

DC

AS

/SD

RA

S

DQ

M0

DQ

M1

SD

CLK

SD

CK

E

D[1

5..0

]

RA

MD

B[1

5..0

]

/CS

1/R

D/H

WR

A[1

9..0

]

RY

/BY

CP

UN

RS

T

(1-C

1)

(1-D

2)

(1-A

2)

(2-D

3)

(2-D

3)(2

-D3)

(2-D

3)(2

-D4)

(2-D

4)(2

-D4)

(2-D

4)(2

-D4)

(2-D

4)

(2-D

4)

(2-D

4)

12/1

3/14

CP

M

Mod

el

64M

b(1M

x16b

itx4b

ank)

SD

RA

M

Ven

dor/

Type

HY

57V

6416

20H

GT-

P(H

ynda

i) MT

48LC

4M16

A2T

G-7

5(M

icro

n) K4S

6416

32F

-TC

75(S

amsu

ng)

W98

6416

DH

-7(W

inbo

nd)

15C

PM

128M

b(2M

x16b

itx4b

ank)

MT

48LC

8M16

A2T

G-7

5(M

icro

n) HY

57V

2816

20AT

(Hyn

dai)

K4S

2816

32D

-TC

75(S

amsu

ng)

W98

1216

BH

-75(

Win

bond

)

(1-A

2)(1

-B3)

(1-B

3)

(1-D

3)

(1-B

1)

Page 111: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 13 - 4

AA

BB

CC

DD

EE

44

33

22

11

MC

U P

WB

(D

RIV

ER

SE

CT

ION

1)

4/9

C18

4

0.1u

C19

50.

1u

1 2C1890.1u

21

21

21

C190100p

C191100p

C192100p

R14

610

kJ

21

R14

710

kJ

BR

156

10J

1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

BR

157

10J

1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

BR

158

10J

1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

BR

159

10kJ

1234

8765

IC11

8

74LC

X24

4

1A1

2

1A2

4

1A3

6

1A4

8

2A1

11

2A2

13

2A3

15

2A4

17

1G1

2G19

1Y1

18

1Y2

16

1Y3

14

1Y4

12

2Y1

9

2Y2

7

2Y3

5

2Y4

3

VC

C20

GN

D10

IC11

6

74V

HC

T24

4

1A1

2

1A2

4

1A3

6

1A4

8

2A1

11

2A2

13

2A3

15

2A4

17

1G1

2G19

1Y1

18

1Y2

16

1Y3

14

1Y4

12

2Y1

9

2Y2

7

2Y3

5

2Y4

3

VC

C20

GN

D10

C18

5

0.1u

21

R14

4

10J

21

C18

6

33p

C18

7

0.1u

R14

5

10J

21

C18

8

33p

C19

3

0.1u

21

21

21

21

21

21

21

R14

9

10J

21

C19

4

33p

R14

810

kJ

IC11

4

74H

C15

1

D0

4

D1

3

D2

2

D3

1

D4

15

D5

14

D6

13

D7

12

A11

B10

C9

G7

W6

Y5

VC

C16

GN

D8

IC11

3

74LC

X24

4

1A1

2

1A2

4

1A3

6

1A4

8

2A1

11

2A2

13

2A3

15

2A4

17

1G1

2G19

1Y1

18

1Y2

16

1Y3

14

1Y4

12

2Y1

9

2Y2

7

2Y3

5

2Y4

3

VC

C20

GN

D10

R14

110

kJR

140

10kJ

1 2 1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

IC11

5

74H

C15

1

D0

4

D1

3

D2

2

D3

1

D4

15

D5

14

D6

13

D7

12

A11

B10

C9

G7

W6

Y5

VC

C16

GN

D8

IC11

7

74H

C15

1

D0

4

D1

3

D2

2

D3

1

D4

15

D5

14

D6

13

D7

12

A11

B10

C9

G7

W6

Y5

VC

C16

GN

D8

R26

310

kJ

R26

610

kJ

5V

VC

C3 V

CC

3

5V 5V 5V5V

VC

C3

5V

5V

(KIN

1)(K

IN2)

(FW

)

(SIN

1)(S

IN2)

(SIN

3)

(SE

LIN

1)(S

ELI

N2)

(SE

LIN

3)(O

P_C

LK)

(OP

_DAT

A)

(OP

_LAT

CH

)

(SP

MT

0)

US

BIN

SIN

1S

IN2

SIN

3

KIN

1K

IN2

SE

LIN

1S

ELI

N2

SE

LIN

3O

P_C

LKO

P_D

ATA

OP

_LAT

CH

MIR

CN

T

SP

MT

0S

PM

T1

SP

MT

3M

IRO

NS

PF

ON

(SP

MT

1)(S

PM

T2)

(SP

MT

3)

TM

TM

_(T

M)

(TM

_)

SIN

1

SIN

2

SIN

3

(SE

LIN

1)(S

ELI

N2)

(SE

LIN

3)

(PP

D1)

(PO

D)

(MF

D)

(CE

D1)

(TC

S)

(PM

RD

Y)

DV

S1

(DR

ST

)

(PP

D2)

(PP

D3)

TH

OP

EN

(CE

D2)

DS

WS

(MM

LD)

(SD

SW

)(S

PID

)(S

B4D

)(S

DO

D)

GD

IIN

FW

/SY

NC

(/S

YN

C)

SP

MT

2/M

IRC

NT

(US

BIN

)

For

SP

F/D

SP

F M

odel

Onl

y

(7-E

1)

(7-E

2)

(7-E

3)

(4-D

3)

(7-E

1)

(7-E

2)

(7-E

3)

(7-E

4)

(7-E

4)

(7-E

4)

(7-E

3)(7

-E4)

(7-E

3)(7

-E1)

(4-D

3)(4

-D3)

(7-C

4)

(5-E

2)

(8-B

1)

(7-E

4)

(9-D

4)(7

-E4)

(4-C

4)

(4-C

4)

(4-C

4)

(8-C

4)(8

-C4)

(8-A

3)(9

-A2)

(4-B

3)(4

-B3)

(4-B

2)

(1-D

3)(1

-D3)

(1-D

2)

(1-A

3)(1

-A3)

(1-A

3)

(2-A

2)

(2-C

1)(2

-C1)

(2-B

1)(2

-B1)

(2-B

1)(1

-B3)

(1-B

3)(1

-B3)

(4-A

3)(4

-A3)

(4-A

3)(8

-D3)

(8-D

3)(8

-D3)

(8-D

3)(8

-D3)

(8-D

3)

(6-D

2)(6

-D2)

(6-B

1)(6

-B1)

(6-B

1)(6

-B1)

(1-A

2)(1

-A2)

(1-A

2)(1

-A2)

(2-C

1)

(2-C

1)(2

-C1)

Page 112: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 13 - 5

For

SP

F/D

SP

F M

odel

Onl

y

(2-B

1)

(2-B

1)

(2-B

1)

(2-B

1)

(9-E

1)

(9-E

1)

(9-E

1)

(9-E

1)

(2-C

1)(2

-C1)

(2-C

1)(2

-C1)

(8-A

4)

(8-A

4)(8

-B4)

(8-B

4)

(2-C

1)(2

-C1)

(2-C

1)(2

-C1)

(2-C

1)

(2-C

1)(2

-B1)

(8-A

3)(9

-A3)

(9-A

3)

(9-B

3)(9

-D3)

(9-C

1)(9

-C2)

(9-A

2)

(9-A

2)

(6-A

1)(6

-A1)

(6-A

1)

(5-E

3)(2

-C1)

(2-C

1)(2

-C1)

(2-B

1)(2

-B1)

(1-D

3)

(8-B

3)

(8-B

4)(9

-A2)

(9-A

2)

(9-A

4)

(6-A

3)(6

-A3)

(6-A

3)(2

-C1)

(2-C

1)

(2-C

1)

(2-A

2)

(2-A

2)

(2-A

3)

(1-D

3)

(1-A

3) (4-A

3)

(5-B

2)

(9-C

2)

or K

ID65

001A

F

or K

ID65

001A

F

or K

ID65

503F

or K

ID65

503F

or K

TA

1505

S

or K

RA

119S

or K

RC

106S

or K

IA39

3F

or K

IA39

3F

or K

IA35

8F

or K

IA35

8F

or K

DS

226

or K

DS

226

21 21

12

21

21 21

21

1 2

1 2

21

21

1 2

123

123

21 21

21 1 2

1 2

21

21

21

21

21

21

21

21

21

21

21

21

21

21

21

3 21

8 4

1 2

5 67

8 4

3 21

8 4

5 67

8 4

1B1

2B2

3B3

4B4

5B5

6B6

7B7

E8

CO

M9

1C16

2C15

3C14

4C13

5C12

6C11

7C10

I13

NC

4N

C5

I26

NC

10I3

11N

C12

NC

13

GN

D17

O1

2

O2

7

O3

9

O4

16

CO

M1

CO

M8

GN

D18

I414

NC

15

1B1

2B2

3B3

4B4

5B5

6B6

7B7

G8

NC

9

1C16

2C15

3C14

4C13

5C12

6C11

7C10

1B1

2B2

3B3

4B4

5B5

6B6

7B7

G8

NC

9

1C16

2C15

3C14

4C13

5C12

6C11

7C10

1

2

3

1

2

3

21

1B1

2B2

3B3

4B4

5B5

6B6

7B7

E8

CO

M9

1C16

2C15

3C14

4C13

5C12

6C11

7C10

R15

67.

5kF

R15

94.

3kF

D10

1

MA

700

R15

51M

FR

154

1kF

R15

810

kF

R15

71k

J

C19

722

000p

C19

9

0.1u

R16

930

0JR

170

100J

C19

8

0.1u

D10

2

DA

204K

D10

3

DA

204K

R17

11.

2kF

R17

310

kF

R17

210

kJ

C20

0

2200

0p

D10

4

1SS

133

R15

01.

5kJ

R16

1

47kJ

R16

6

4.7k

J1/

4W

R16

01.

5kJ

R15

11.

5kJ

R15

21.

5kJ

R15

31.

5kJ

R16

21.

5kJ

R16

31.

5kJ

R16

41.

5kJ

R16

51.

5kJ

R16

71.

5kJ

R16

81.

5kJ

R17

424

0JR

175

240J

IC12

0A

NJM

2903

+ -

C19

6

0.1u

IC12

0B

NJM

2903

+ -

IC12

2A

LM35

8

+ -

IC12

2B

LM35

8

+ -

IC12

1

TD

6200

1AF

IC12

3

TD

6206

4AF

IC12

4

TD

6250

3

IC12

5

TD

6250

3

Q10

2D

TA

143X

KA

Q10

12S

A10

36

Q10

3D

TC

143Z

KA

R17

624

0J

IC11

9

TD

6200

1AF

PG

ND

PG

ND

PG

ND

12V

24V

24V

24V

INT

5V

24V

12V

VC

C3

VC

C3

VC

C3

12V

VC

C3

12V

12V

12V

VC

C3

5V

5V

MC

BIA

ST

CG

RID

L

CP

FS

1C

PF

S2

MP

FS

RR

SV

FM

VF

MC

NT

MR

PS

1

HL

LDE

N

PM

CLK

PM

D

PR

FT

H

MM

_Y2

MM

DM

M_Y

1

MM

_Y3

SP

US

SP

FS

SR

RC

SG

S

/MC

/BIA

S/T

C/G

RID

L

VF

MO

UT H

LOU

T

/CP

FS

1/C

PF

S2

/MP

FS

/RR

S

/PR

/VF

MC

NT

PM

CLK

_A

/PM

D

MR

PS

_1

/LD

EN

MM

ref1

/MM

D

MM

ref2

MM

ref0

/SG

S

/SP

US

/SR

RC

/SP

FS

MR

PS

_2

FT

H

RT

H

THO

PE

N

RT

H_I

N

PO

FF

/PO

FF

MR

PS

2M

RP

S3

MR

PS

_3

/LE

ND

SH

OLD

AA

BB

CC

DD

EE

44

33

22

11

MC

U P

WB

(D

RIV

ER

SE

CT

ION

2)

5/9

Page 113: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 13 - 6

For

DS

PF

Mod

el O

nly

For

SP

F/D

SP

F M

odel

Onl

y

(8-C

3)(8

-C3)

(8-C

3)(8

-C3)

(2-A

3)(2

-A3)

(2-A

3)

(2-A

3) (2-A

3)(2

-A3)

(5-C

1)(5

-C1)

(5-C

1)

(5-C

2)(5

-C2)

(5-C

2)

(4-D

2)(4

-D2)

(4-D

2)(4

-D2)

(9-D

1)(9

-D1)

(9-E

1)

(9-E

1)

(9-B

3)

(9-B

3)

(9-B

3)

(9-B

3)

(1-D

3)

(1-D

3)

(1-D

3)

(1-D

3)

(4-D

3)(4

-D3)

(9-A

1)(9

-A1)

21

21

21

12

21 1

2

21

1 2

1 21 2

12

12

1 2

21

21

21 21

1 2

21

21

2121

12

12

1 2

1 2

1 2

12

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

12

21

21

21

21

21

21

21

21

21

2121

CrA

23C

rB20

VsA

25R

sA3

Vre

fA24

Vre

fB19

RsB

12V

sB18

In /A

26In

A27

In /B

17In

B16

Vm

m22

OU

T /A

1O

UT

A4

OU

T /B

14O

UT

B11

PG

15P

G28

I13

NC

4N

C5

I26

NC

10I3

11N

C12

NC

13

GN

D17

O1

2

O2

7

O3

9

O4

16

CO

M1

CO

M8

GN

D18

I414

NC

15

OU

T 2

A2

SE

NS

E 2

3C

OM

P 2

4O

UT

2B

5G

ND

6G

ND

7I0

28

I12

9P

HA

SE

210

VR

EF

211

RC

212

VS

S13

RC

114

VR

EF

115

PH

AS

E 1

16I1

117

GN

D18

GN

D19

I01

20O

UT

1B

21C

OM

P 1

22S

EN

SE

123

VS

24O

UT

1A

1

12

12

12

12

12

12

12

12

21

21

21

1 2

Vcc

17

GN

D8

Rin

20F

in18

OU

T1

9O

UT

25

VM

16

VR

EF

21R

NF

6

PS

AV

E19

NC

1N

C2

NC

3N

C4

NC

7N

C10

NC

11N

C12

NC

13N

C14

NC

15N

C22

NC

23N

C24

NC

25

FIN

FIN

1 2

1 2

1 2

12

12

R19

930

0J

D10

9

MIT

J22B

R20

547

kJR

204

47kJ

C21

122

00p

R19

17.

5kJ

C21

422

00p

R19

47.

5kJ

C21

8

2200

p

C22

7

OP

EN

C21

6

OP

EN

C21

5O

PE

N

C23

2O

PE

N

C22

2

2200

p

R19

82.

4kJ

R20

32.

4kJ

R19

51k

J

R20

71k

J

C22

0

0.1u

R20

062

0JR

201

1.2k

JR

202

100J

R19

675

0J

CP

101

ICP

-N38

C20

282

0p

C20

382

0pC

204

820p

C20

70.

1u

C20

182

0p

C20

50.

1u

C20

61u

/16V

+

C20

847

u/35

V+

C21

210

u/35

V+

C21

9

47u/

16V

+

D105OPENR

180

1.5k

J

R17

8

0.68

J1W

R18

230

kJR

183

30kJ

R17

91.

5kJ

R17

7

0.68

J1W

R18

651

0JR

185

1kJ

R18

42k

J

R19

71J

2W

R18

11k

J

IC12

8

MT

D13

61/F

IC12

6

TD

6206

4AF

IC12

7

L621

9DS

D106OPEN

D107OPEN

D108OPEN

D112OPEN

CP

102

ICP

-N38

D113OPEN

D114OPEN

D115OPEN

R18

71k

J

R18

81k

J

R20

61J

2W

C21

747

u/16

V+

IC12

9

BA

6920

FP

C20

90.

1u/5

0VC

210

0.1u

/50V

C21

3

0.1u

/50V

CP

201

0603

FA

1.5A

CP

202

0603

FA

1.5A

PG

ND

PG

ND

PG

ND

PG

ND

PG

ND

PG

ND

PG

ND

5V

24V

M

24V

5V

5V

24V

M

24V

M

24V

5V

24V

dup

PG

ND

PG

ND

PG

ND

PG

ND

24V

dup

PG

ND

PG

ND

PG

ND

PG

ND

PG

ND

PG

ND

PG

ND

PG

ND

PG

ND

PG

ND

MM

_PH

_A

OU

T_A

-

MM

_AI0

MM

_PH

_B

MM

_BI0

MM

_BI1

MM

_AI1

OU

T_A

+

OU

T_B

-

MM

ref0

MM

ref1

MM

ref2

DM

T0

/DM

T_0

SP

MT

_2

(SP

MT

2)

DM

T1

DM

T2

DM

T3

/DM

T_1

/DM

T_2

/DM

T_3

(TM

)(T

M_)

SP

MT

_0S

PM

T_3

SP

MT

_1

MR

PS

_1M

RP

S_2

MR

PS

_3

(SP

MT

0)(S

PM

T3)

(SP

MT

1)

OU

T_B

+

TM

B_O

TM

A_O

MC

U P

WB

(D

RIV

ER

SE

CT

ION

3)

AA

BB

CC

DD

EE

44

33

22

11

6/9

Page 114: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 13 - 7

For

SP

F/D

SP

F M

odel

Onl

y

(8-B

4)

(8-A

4)

(8-A

4)

(9-A

3)

(4-A

3)

(9-D

1)(9

-E1)

(9-E

1)(9

-D3)

(9-C

2)

(9-A

2)

(9-C

4)(9

-C4)

(9-A

4)(9

-C1)

(9-C

2)(9

-C3)

(9-D

1)

(9-D

3)(9

-B4)

(8-D

4)

(8-D

4)

(4-A

2)(4

-A2)

(4-A

2)(4

-A3)

(4-A

3)

(4-A

3)

(4-A

3)(4

-A3)

(4-A

3)(4

-A3)

(4-A

3)(4

-A3)

(4-A

3)(4

-A3)

(4-A

3)

(1-D

2)(1

-D2)

(8-B

4)

(8-B

4)

or K

DS

226

or K

DS

121

or K

DS

121

or K

DS

121

or K

DS

121

or K

DS

121

or K

DS

121

or K

DS

121

or K

DS

121

or K

DS

120

or K

DS

120

or K

DS

120

or K

DS

120

or K

DS

120

or K

DS

120

or K

DS

120

or K

DS

120

1 221

1 221

1 221

1 221

1 221

1 221

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

1

2

3

1

2

3

1 2

1 2

12

12

21

21

123 21

1 2

1

23

1

23

1

23

1

23

1

23

1

23

21

21

21

1

23

1

23

1 2

21 1 2

21 1 2

21 1 2

1 221

1 221

1 221

1 221

1 221

1 221

1

23

1

23

1

23

1

23

1

23

1

23

1

23

1

23

21

21

1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

1

2

3

1 2

1 2

1 2

21

12 IN

1

GN

D

2OU

T3

1 2

1 2

1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

1 2

1

2

3

1 2

1 2

1

2

3

1 2

C26

1

1000

p

R20

810

kJ

C23

3

OP

EN

C23

4

OP

EN

C23

5

OP

EN

C23

6

OP

EN

C23

7

OP

EN

C28

5

0.1u

L124

ZJS

R51

01-2

23

L125

ZJS

R51

01-2

23

C28

6

22u/

16V

+C

288

0.1u

D12

01S

S13

3

D12

41S

S13

3

R21

520

kJ

R21

720

kJ

D11

9

DA

204K

R21

82.

7kJ

C26

0

0.1u

D11

6D

AN

202U

D11

7D

AN

202U

D11

8D

AN

202U

D12

1D

AP

202U

D12

2D

AP

202U

D12

3D

AP

202U

R20

910

kJR

210

10kJ

R21

139

kJR

212

10kJ

C26

2

1000

p

C26

3

1000

p

C26

4

1000

p

C26

5

1000

p

C26

6

1000

p

R21

41k

J

R21

61k

J

R22

110

kJR

222

10kJ

R22

339

kJR

224

10kJ

D12

5D

AN

202U

D12

6D

AN

202U

C27

8

1000

p

C27

9

1000

p

C28

0

1000

p

C28

1

1000

p

C29

0

1000

p

R22

639

kJ

D13

0D

AN

202U

D13

1D

AN

202U

D13

2D

AN

202U

R22

739

kJR

232

3.3k

JR

229

7.5k

JR

230

7.5k

J

C29

1

1000

p

C29

2

1000

p

C29

5

1000

p

C29

3

1000

p

C29

4

1000

p

D12

8D

AP

202U

D12

9D

AP

202U

D13

3D

AP

202U

D13

4D

AP

202U

D13

5D

AP

202U

C23

8

OP

EN

C23

9

OP

EN

C24

0

OP

EN

C24

1

OP

EN

C24

2

OP

EN

C24

3

OP

EN

C24

4

OP

EN

C24

5

OP

EN

C24

6

OP

EN

C24

7

OP

EN

C24

8

OP

EN

C24

9

OP

EN

C25

0

OP

EN

C25

1

OP

EN

C25

2

OP

EN

C25

3

OP

EN

C25

4

OP

EN

C25

5

OP

EN

C25

6

OP

EN

C25

7

OP

EN

C25

8

OP

EN

C25

9

OP

EN

C26

7

OP

EN

C26

8

OP

EN

C26

9

OP

EN

C27

0

OP

EN

C27

1

OP

EN

C27

2

OP

EN

C27

3

OP

EN

C27

4

OP

EN

C27

5

OP

EN

R21

9

0.22

J2W

R22

01k

J2W

BR

160

1kJ

BR

161

1kJ

BR

162

1kJ

L123

ZJS

R51

01-2

23

C27

6

47u/

35V

+C

277

0.1u

/50V

C28

4

47u/

25V

+

R22

568

J2W

D12

71S

S13

3

IC13

0

KIA

7805

C28

3

0.1u

C28

2

47u/

35V

+

BR

163

1kJ

R23

17.

5kJ

R21

310

kJ

R22

810

kJ

C32

3

0.1u

L127

ZJS

R51

01-2

23 C32

2

22u/

16V

+

C28

9

0.1u

L126

ZJS

R51

01-2

23

C28

7

22u/

16V

+

12V

5V

PG

ND

PG

ND

5V

INT

24V

VC

C3

5V

VC

C3

PG

ND

24V

PG

ND

INT

24V

INT

5V

EN

5V

VC

C3

5V

5V

12V

IN

5VIN

DS

WS

24V

1(D

SW

S)

SD

SW

SP

IDS

B4D

PO

D

PM

RD

Y

(SD

SW

)(S

PID

)(S

B4D

)

(PO

D)

(PM

RD

Y)

DV

SE

LT

CS

MF

DM

MLD

DV

S1

(MM

LD)

PP

D1

PP

D2

CE

D1

CE

D2

(PP

D1)

(PP

D2)

(PS

W)

(CE

D1)

(DR

ST

)(C

ED

2)

(TC

S)

(MF

D)

24V

IN

DR

ST

PS

W

PP

D3

SP

PD

(SP

PD

)

(PP

D3)

5VE

N

3.3V

IN

MC

U P

WB

(N

OIS

E F

ILT

ER

/PU

LL

-UP

SE

CT

ION

)7/

9

AA

BB

CC

DD

EE

44

33

22

11

Page 115: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 13 - 8

To P

ower

uni

t

To S

cann

er u

nit

To In

terf

ace

PW

B

To O

pera

tiona

l PW

B

To M

irro

r m

otor

(5-C

4)(5

-C4)

(5-C

4)(5

-C4)

(5-C

1)

(5-C

3)(5

-D2)

(7-A

1)(7

-A2)

(7-A

2)

(7-B

1)

(4-C

4)

(8-D

3)(8

-B2)

(6-A

4)(6

-A4)

(6-A

4)(6

-A4)

(4-A

3)

(2-E

1)

(2-D

2)(2

-D2)

(2-D

2)(2

-D2)

(2-D

2)(2

-D2)

(2-D

2)

(2-D

2)(2

-D2)

(2-D

1)

(4-C

4)(4

-C4)

(4-D

3)(4

-D3)

(4-D

3)(4

-D3)

(4-D

3)(4

-D3)(7-C

1)

(7-C

1)

(1-A

2)

(1-D

2)

(2-B

3)

(2-B

4)

(2-B

4)

(2-B

4)(2

-B4)

(2-B

4)(2

-B4)

(2-B

4)(2

-B4)

(2-B

4)

(2-B

4)

(2-B

4)(2

-B4)

(2-B

4)

(2-D

1)(2

-D1)

(2-D

1)(2

-D1)

(2-D

1)(2

-D1)

(2-D

1)

or K

DS

121

or K

DS

120

or K

RC

106S

or K

RC

106S

or K

DS

226

or K

TA

1281

or K

TC

3198

(1-D

3)

or K

RC

106S

(1-A

2)(1

-D3)

(1-D

3)

VC

L

AF

E_D

B3

AF

E_D

B0

VC

L

AF

E_D

B4

AF

E_D

B6

AF

E_D

B1

AF

E_D

B2

AF

E_D

B5

AF

E_D

B7

PA

RA

D0

PA

RA

D1

PA

RA

D2

PA

RA

D3

PA

RA

D4

PA

RA

D5

PA

RA

D6

PA

RA

D7

1 2

21

1 2

1

23

123

1 2

1 2

1

23

21

21

21

21

1 2

21

11

33

55

77

99

1111

1313

1515

1717

1919

2121

2323

2525

2727

2929

3131

22

44

66

88

1010

1212

1414

1616

1818

2020

2222

2424

2626

2828

3030

3232

21

1 2

12

21

21

12

11

22

33

44

12

1

2

3

1

2

3

21

12

11

22

33

44

55

66

77

88

99

1010

1111

1212

1313

1414

1515

1616

1717

1818

1

2

3

21

1 24

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

11

22

33

44

55

66

77

88

99

1010

1111

1212

1313

1414

1515

1616

1717

1818

1919

2020

2121

2222

2323

2424

2525

2626

2727

2828

2929

3030

3131

3232

3333

3434

3535

11

33

55

77

99

1111

1313

1515

1717

1919

2121

2323

22

44

66

88

1010

1212

1414

1616

1818

2020

2222

2424

1 2

1 2

21

C29

947

u/35

V+

R23

810

kJ

C30

1

0.1u

/50V

D13

6D

AN

202U

D13

8

DA

204K

C29

6

1000

p

C29

7

1000

p

D13

7D

AP

202U

R23

410

kJR

233

10kJ

R23

51k

JR

236

1kJ

C29

8

1000

p

R23

71k

J

CN

105

FF

4-32

-S15

D5

Q10

82S

A10

20

R23

947

0J

C30

0

47u/

35V

+D

139

11E

QS

06

L129

220u

H

TW

KA

-221

K

R24

015

kJR

241

56kJ

C30

233

p

Q10

92S

C18

15

CN

103

B4B

-PH

-K-R

CP

103

ICP

-N38

Q10

6

DT

C14

3ZK

A

Q10

7

DT

C14

3ZK

A

R27

515

kJCP

203

0603

FA

1.5A

CN

102

18F

E-B

T-V

K-N

Q11

0

DT

C14

3ZK

A

R28

14.

7kJ

IC13

1

NC

7S08

M5X

C32

8

0.1u

C333OPEN

C331OPEN

C330OPEN

C329OPEN

CN

104

35F

E-B

T-V

K-N

C332OPEN

CN

101

B24

B-P

HD

SS

-BC

334

0.1u

/50V

C33

5

0.1u

/50V

R29

010

kJ

12V

24V

VC

C3

PG

ND

PG

NDIN

T24

V

5V

VC

C3

PG

ND

PG

ND

EN

5V

EN

5V

EN

5V

5V

5V

VC

C3

VC

C3

/BIA

S

PS

W

mt_

at_h

ome

KIN

1K

IN2

DR

ST

(OP

_CLK

)(O

P_L

AT

CH

)

(SE

LIN

1)(S

ELI

N2)

(SE

LIN

3)

(OP

_DA

TA

)

AF

E_D

B[7

..0] A

FE

_SC

KA

DC

LKC

CD

_PH

I1C

CD

_PH

I2C

CD

_CP

CC

D_R

SC

CD

_TG

AF

E_S

EN

AF

E_S

DI

BS

AM

P

VS

AM

P

OU

T_A

+

OU

T_A

-O

UT

_B+

OU

T_B

-

PS

LO

NL

PA

RA

D[7

..0]

GD

IIN

/INIT

/SLC

TIN

/AU

TO

FD

/ST

B

VM

INV

PIN

RC

V

/RE

V

BU

SY

PE

/FA

ULT

SLC

T

VP

OU

TV

MO

UT

SU

SP

EN

D

OE

N

/TC

/PO

FF

HLO

UT

3.3V

IN

24V

IN

/MC

US

BIN

D_C

ON

T

BE

O

CL

/AC

K

/PR

FW

/GR

IDL

5VE

N5V

IN12

VIN

/CL_

RE

SE

T

MC

U P

WB

(CO

NN

EC

TOR

SE

CTI

ON

1)

8/9

AA

BB

CC

DD

EE

44

33

22

11

Page 116: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 13 - 9

For

SP

F/D

SP

F M

odel

Onl

y

For

SP

F/D

SP

F M

odel

Onl

y

For

DS

PF

Mod

el O

nly

To

Mai

n m

oto

r

To

Fan

mo

tor

To

Inte

rlo

ck s

wit

ch

To

LS

U

Fo

r JT

AG

To

Cas

sett

e d

etec

t

To

Cas

sett

e p

aper

sole

no

id

To

Dup

lex

mot

or

Fo

r d

ebu

g

Fo

r ch

ecke

r

Not

mou

nted

For

DS

PF

Mod

el O

nly

To

To

ner

mo

tor

To

Pap

er p

ass

det

ect

To

Pap

er o

ut

det

ect

To

HL

un

it

To

Mu

lti u

nit

To

Co

ver

op

en d

etec

t

To

2n

d. c

asse

tte

To

SP

F u

nit

(5-C

1)(7

-C3) (5

-C3)

(5-C

3)

(7-B

3)

(7-C

4)(5

-C1)

(5-C

2)

(5-C

2)(5

-D1)

(4-C

4)

(2-A

2)

(2-C

4)(2

-D1)

(2-D

1)(2

-D1)

(1-B

1)(1

-B3)

(1-B

3)

(1-D

3)

(6-B

2)(6

-B2)

(6-D

3)(6

-D3)

(6-D

4)(6

-D4)

(7-C

1)

(5-C

3)

(7-C

2)

(7-C

2)

(7-C

3)

(7-C

4)

(7-C

4)

(7-C

4)

(4-A

2)

(5-C

3)

(5-C

3)

(5-D

3)

(7-C

1)

(5-C

3)

(7-C

4)(7

-C4)

(5-B

2)

(6-C

2)(6

-C2)

(7-C

2)

(5-B

2)(5

-B2)

(5-B

2)

(6-C

2)(6

-C2)

(7-C

3)

To

DV

un

itw

ith

CR

UM

(7-C

3)

For

CR

UM

Mod

el O

nly

To

Res

ist

rolle

rso

len

oid

or K

DS

226

or K

DS

121

or K

DS

120

or K

DS

226

SD

AS

CL

SD

AS

CL

123

21 1 2

11

22

33

21

11

33

55

77

99

1111

1313

22

44

66

88

1010

1212

1414

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

11

22

33

11

22

33

1 2

11

22

33

44

11

22

33

44

55

11

22

33

11

22

33

44

55

66

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

11

33

55

77

99

1111

1313

1515

1717

22

44

66

88

1010

1212

1414

1616

1818

11

33

55

77

99

1111

1313

1515

1717

1919

2121

2323

22

44

66

88

1010

1212

1414

1616

1818

2020

2222

2424

11

33

55

77

99

22

44

66

88

1010

21

21

21

11

22

33

44

11

22

11

22

21

11

22

33

44

55

11

22

33

44

55

11

33

55

77

99

22

44

66

88

1010

1

23

1

23

21

21

21

11

22

33

44

11

22

33

44

55

66

77

88

11

22

33

11

22

33

21

123

21 21

21

21

D14

0

DA

204K

R24

210

kJ

C30

5

1000

p

CN

109

B3B

-PH

-K-S

R24

41k

J

CN

115

B14

B-P

HD

SS

-B

C3101000p

C3111000p

C3121000p

C3080.1u

C3091000p

CN

111

B3B

-PH

-K-R

CN

113

B3B

-PH

-K-S

C30

4

1000

p

CN

118

B4B

-PH

-K-S

CN

114

B05

B-X

AS

K-1

CN

108

B3B

-PH

-K-K

CN

125

B6B

-PH

-K-S

C30

3

1000

p

C30

7

1000

p

C30

6

1000

p

C3130.1u/50V

C3140.1u/50V

CN

119

B18

B-P

HD

SS

-B

CN

122

B24

B-P

HD

SS

-B

CN

121

9204

B-2

-10

R24

810

kJR

249

10kJ

R25

010

kJ

CN

112

B4B

-PH

-K-S

CN

116

B2P

-VH

-R

CN

124

B2P

-VH

R25

115

0J1/

4WC

N12

0

B5B

-PH

-K-S

CN

123

B5B

-PH

-K-R

B10

B-P

HD

SS

-B

CN

106B

D14

1D

AN

202U

D14

2D

AP

202U

R27

210

J

R27

330

0J

R27

430

0J

B4B

-PH

-K-R

CN

106A

CN

107

08F

E-B

T-V

K-N

CN

110

B3B

-PH

-K-S

CN

117

B3B

-PH

-K-E

R28

21k

J

D14

3

DA

204K

R24

539

0J1/

4W

R24

739

0J1/

4W

R25

339

0J1/

4W

R24

639

0J1/

4W

PG

ND

PG

ND

PG

ND

PG

ND

PG

ND

PG

ND

INT

24V

5V24

V24

V

24V

24V

24V

5V

24V

dup

24V

M5V

24V

5V

VC

C3

INT

5V

24V

VC

C3

24V

VC

C3

5V

24V

5V

5V

5V5V

5V

5V

SP

MT

_0

SD

SW

SP

PD

SB

4DS

PID

SP

MT

_3/S

GS

/SR

RC

/SP

US

SP

MT

_2S

PM

T_1

PP

D3

PO

D

/CP

FS

2

/RR

S

(SD

OD

)

CE

D2

PP

D1

PP

D2

MF

D

/MP

FS

TM

A_O

TM

B_O

TxD

1

MM

LD/M

MD V

FM

OU

T

/VF

MC

NT

24V

1(D

SW

S)

/VID

EO

PM

CLK

_AP

MR

DY

/PM

D

SH

OLD

SD

AS

CL

CP

UN

RS

T

/DM

T_0

/DM

T_1

/DM

T_2

/DM

T_3

/CP

FS

1

CE

D1

/LD

EN

JTG

_TD

OJT

G_T

CK

JTG

_TM

SJT

G_T

DI

/SY

NC

RT

H_I

N

TC

SD

VS

EL

/SP

FS

MC

U P

WB

(C

ON

NE

CT

OR

SE

CT

ION

2)

9/9

AA

BB

CC

DD

EE

44

33

22

11

Page 117: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 13 - 10

LED

M

f1

e1

a1

g1

d1

b1

c1

a2

g2

d2

f2

e2

b2

c2

a3

g3

d3

e3

b3

c3

LED

M

f3

OP

-CLK

OP

-DA

TA

DR

ST

DR

ST

OP

-LA

TC

H

KIN

1K

IN2

SE

LIN

3S

ELI

N2

ON

LP

SL

5VE

N

PS

W

SE

LIN

1

D-G

ND

5VD-G

ND

D-G

ND

D-G

ND

OP

-ST

B

3

2

1

32

1

3

2

1

/Q333

/Q434

/Q536

/Q637

/Q738

/Q940

/Q1041

/Q1142

/Q171

/Q182

/Q193

/Q204

/Q216

/Q227

/Q238

/Q249

/Q2510

/Q2611

/Q1243

/Q1345

/Q1446

/Q1547

/Q839

/Q232

/Q131

VCC63

/STROBE51

BEO49

/LATCH50

S IN30

CLOCK64

S OUT19

GND15

GND214

GND335

GND444

GND562

/Q3117

/Q3016

/Q2915

/Q2813

/Q2712

/Q3218

/Q1648

1 2 3

D0

4

D1

3

D2

2

D3

1

D4

15

D5

14

D6

13

D7

12

A11

B10

C9

G7

W6

Y5

D0

4

D1

3

D2

2

D3

1

D4

15

D5

14

D6

13

D7

12

A11

B10

C9

G7

W6

Y VC

C

GN

D

VC

C

GN

D

5

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

PE

C31

7

200P

F

C3121000p

C31

9

200P

F

TP

L

C32

2

N.M

.

C3021000p

C32

0

N.M

.

ME

R35

71K

J

R34

912

0J

RP

L

C32

1

N.M

.

R36

251

0J

R31

010

0J

R35

21K

J

AE

C3051000p

R35

651

0J

JPL

R31

310

0J

R31

71K

J

EX

D

R31

210

0J

EX

N

D30

4

1SS

133

R30

810

0J

EX

L

D30

51S

S13

3

R32

110

0J

D30

2

1SS

133

CS

1L

R32

410

0J

EX

MO

DK

BP

L

D30

31S

S13

3

R31

910

0J

D30

71S

S13

3

R33

212

0J

R30

210

0J

R32

912

0J

D30

9

1SS

133

R33

610

0J

D31

0

1SS

133

R33

312

0J

C32

7

200P

F

R32

210

0J

D30

61S

S13

3

R32

812

0J

EX

UP

K

R31

810

0J

R33

012

0J

D30

81S

S13

3

OLK

Q30

1K

RA

225S

1UP

K

R34

112

0J

D30

11S

S13

3

SC

NK

R34

512

0J

R3164.7KJ

R34

212

0J

C3091000p

C32

4

N.M

.

R3154.7KJ

C31

8

2200

0PF

R33

51K

J

R3114.7KJ

R34

412

0J

Q30

3K

RA

225S

R34

01K

J

R34

612

0J

R3554.7KJ

ZU

PK

R34

712

0J

R3234.7KJR

348

120J

R33

81K

J

R3254.7KJ

R34

312

0J

g1

R3204.7KJ

Q30

2K

RA

225S

f1

R3034.7KJ

R36

01K

J

e1

DU

PK

R3374.7KJ

LC79

35A

N

IC30

3

d1

R3054.7KJ

c1

MA

GK

R3064.7KJ

g3

b1

R32

710

0J

g2

a1

R3014.7KJ

f3

DA

A2

C3041000p

SJA

L

C3031000p

CLK

ZP

L

C3141000p

SC

NL

R33

112

0J

R30

910

0J

R36

112

0J

R3074.7KJ

e3

SP

FL

C3061000p

d3

CS

2L

CR

SK

R35

447

0J

R3264.7KJ

c3

3RE

R35

347

0J

R31

410

0J

b3

2RE

10U

PK

N.M

.(M

PL)

a3

1RE

C30

1

47uF

/16V

DU

21

NO

R

ON

LL

C32

5

2200

0PF

PS

W

1EN

R

CN

302

S3B

-PH

-K-S

f2

IC30

2

74H

C15

1

R33

412

0J

R35

015

0J

d2

ZD

WK

IC30

1

74H

C15

1

e2

R35

815

0J

c2

2EN

R

C32

3

0.1u

F

CN

301

18F

E-S

T-V

K-N

b2

C31

1

0.1u

F

C3131000p

a2

C3151000p

DA

A1

C32

6

200P

F

C3071000p

BP

K

DP

L

R35

115

0J

C3081000p

DU

22

R30

41.

5KJ

C3101000p

EX

DW

K

PM

L

R35

91.

5KJ

C3161000p

+5V

+5V

+5V

+5V

+5V

+5V

+5V

+5V

+5V

5VE

N

ON

LP

SL

ON

LP

SL

5VE

N

2. O

PE

RA

TIO

N P

WB

AA

BB

CC

DD

EE

44

33

22

11

Page 118: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 13 - 11

3. I/

F P

WB

F.G

F.G

VM

OO

EN

/AU

TO

FD

/INT

I

5VE

N

VP

O

US

B_I

N

VM

IN

5VE

N

VP

INR

CV

3.3V

SU

SP

EN

D

PE SLC

T

PA

RA

AD

4

PA

RA

AD

7

PA

RA

AD

0P

AR

AA

D1

PA

RA

AD

3

PA

RA

AD

5P

AR

AA

D6

RE

V

/AC

KB

US

Y

/FA

ULT

/SLC

TIN

/ST

B

D_C

ON

T

PA

RA

AD

2

IF_D

ET

1234567891011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132333435

HD

1

A9

2A

103

A11

4A

125

A13

6

Vcc

7

A1

8A

29

GN

D10

A3

11A

412

A5

13A

614

GN

D15

A7

16A

817

Vcc

18

PLH

in19

A14

20A

1521

A16

22A

1723

HLH

24H

LHin

25

C17

26C

1627

C15

28C

1429

PLH

30

Vcc

-cab

le31

B8

32B

733

GN

D34

B6

35B

536

B4

37B

338

GN

D39

B2

40B

141

Vcc

-cab

le42

Y13

43Y

1244

Y11

45Y

1046

Y9

47

DIR

48NC

1O

E#

2R

CV

3V

P4

VM

5SU

SPEN

D6

GN

D7

NC

8S

PE

ED

9D

-10

D+

11V

PO

12V

MO

13V

CC

14+

5V1

D-

2D

+3

GN

D4

Shi

eld

A1

GN

D3

VC

C5

B2

Y4

D-G

ND

30

D-G

ND

26

HLH

IN35

D-G

ND

27

/INIT

31

D-G

ND

28

SG

16

D-G

ND

29

NC

15

SLC

T13

NC

34

Dat

a 0

2D

ata

13

FG

17

Dat

a 2

4

D-G

ND

19

Dat

a 3

5

D-G

ND

20

Dat

a 5

7

D-G

ND

21

Dat

a 6

8

D-G

ND

22

/SLC

T IN

36

D-G

ND

23

/AU

TO

FD

14

D-G

ND

24D

-GN

D25

/D S

TB

1

PLH

OU

T18

/AC

K10

BU

SY

11P

E12

/FA

ULT

32

Dat

a 4

6

Dat

a 7

9

D-G

ND

33

Shield

C42

4

0.1u

R40

822

J

CN

403

35F

E-B

T-V

K-N

C42

3

0.1u

R40

922

JR

410

22J

R41

122

J

C40

8

100p

C40

7

100p

R40

1N

.M.

C40

6

100p

R42

3

1.5k

J

C40

5

100p

C41

0

100p

C40

9

100p

C41

1

100p

C40

4

100p

L401

N.M

.

L405

bead

s

C42

6

100p

C41

3

100p

R40

324

J

R41

222

J

C40

3

0.1u

C41

2

100p

R40

224

J

IC40

3

74LV

X16

1284

R42

710

kJ

R41

322

J

C41

5

100p

IC40

1U

SB

_Tra

nsce

iver

C41

4

100p

C41

8

100p

C42

2

100p

C41

7

100p

C41

6

330p

C41

9

100p

L402

N.M

.

R42

9

10kJ

L404

N.M

.

R43

024

J

R40

522

J

R42

610

kJ

C40

2

47u/

16V

+

C42

0

0.1u

CN

402

US

B_C

N

R41

822

J

R42

8

10kJ

R41

922

J

R42

410

kJ

L403

N.M

.

R42

222

J

C42

5

0.1u

D40

1

11E

QS

06

C42

7

0.1u

R42

03.

3KJ

D40

2Z

EN

ER

_6.2

V

R41

422

J

IC40

2

NC

7S08

M5

R41

522

J

C42

1

0.1u

R41

622

J

R40

4

N.M

.(1.

5kJ)

R41

722

JR

421

22J

CN

401

IEE

E12

84_C

N

R40

622

JR

407

22J

R42

510

kJ

C40

1

47u/

16V

+

3.3V

1

3.3V

1

3.3V

15V

1

3.3V

1

3.3V

1

5V1

5V2

5V1

5V2

3.3V

1

3.3V

1

AA

BB

CC

DD

EE

44

33

22

11

Page 119: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 13 - 12

1

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

2 3 4 5 6

1 2 3 4 5 6

4. POWER SUPPLY

POWER SUPPLY (120V/127V)

Page 120: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 13 - 13

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

6 7 8 9 10 11

6 7 8 9 10 11

Page 121: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 13 - 14

5. ACTUAL WIRING DIAGRAMACTUAL WIRING DIAGRAM 1/7

1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

10

11

12

13

14

CN104123456789

1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132333435

CN119123456789

101112131415161718

PPD2 sensorPWB 12 CN1203

21

3451

2

CN12312345

B5B-PH-K-R

1 2 3 4 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

10

For DSPF Model Only For S

B18B-PHDSS-B

B2

4B

-PH

DS

S-B

B5B-PH-K-S

B5

B-X

AS

K-1

B2

P-V

H-S

B4

B-P

H-K

-S

08

FE

-BT

-VK

-N

/VF

MC

NT

MFD

D-GND

24V/MPFSPULUP5V

VF

MO

UT

/MM

D

MM

LD

PG

ND

PG

ND

INT

24

V

INT

24

V

PG

ND

B3

B-P

H-K

-B

B3

B-P

H-K

-S

B3

B-P

H-K

-K

B1

4B

-PH

DS

S-B

PG

ND

/DM

T_2

/DM

T_1

/DM

T_0

24

Vd

up

5V

SB

4D

SD

SW

D-G

ND

SP

IDP

UL

UP

5V

D-G

ND

SP

PD

CN

10

7

CN

11

4/D

MT

_3

PULUP5VPPD2D-GNDRTH_IN

24V

D-GNDD-GNDP-GNDPMCLK_APMRDY/PMDP-GND

D-GND/LDEN

/SYNC

D-GND

/VIDEOSHOLD

PU

LU

P5

V

PO

D

D-G

ND

CN

11

3

PG

ND

CN

12

4

CN

11

2

TM

B-

TM

A-

B3

B-P

H-K

-S

D-GNDD-GNDVCC3EN5VEN5VUSBIND_CONTVPOUTVMOUTOENRCVVPIN

PARAD3PARAD4PARAD5

VMINSUSPENDPARAD0PARAD1PARAD2

PARAD6PARAD7/REV/FAULT

/AUTOFD/STB

/ACKBUSYPESLCT

24

V

/RR

S

/CP

FS

2

24

V

5V

CN

11

7

D-G

ND

D-G

ND

PP

D3

24

V

/CP

FS

1

CN

11

0

CE

D1

D-G

ND

D-G

ND

D-G

ND

CN

10

8

CE

D2

D-G

ND

CN

11

5

RTH_IN

GDIIND-GNDD-GND

PULUP5VPPD2D-GND

INT5V

35FE-BT-VK-N

/INT/SLCTIN

D-GND

D-GND

MCU

interface

PWB(GDI)

(USB)

LSU(POLYGON MT)

FANMT

MAINMT

DUPLEXMTTONER

MT

2nd

cassette

Cassette paper

SolenoideResist roller

SolenoideCassette detect

Paper out

detecter

Fuser unit

Manual PaperFeeding unit

Thermisto

*C

*F

*E

Page 122: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 13 - 15

1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

10

11

12

13

14 1 2 3 1 2 3 4

CN102123456789

101112131415161718

CN105123456789

1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132

CN1061234

CN101123456789

101112131415161718192021222324

1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24 1 2 3 1 2

For DSPF Model Only For SPF/DSPF Model OnlyFor DSPF Model Only

B2

4B

-PH

DS

S-B

B24B-PHDSS-B

B5

B-X

AS

K-1

CN

10

9

B2

P-V

H-R

B4B-PH-K-R

/GRIDL/TC/BIAS

INT24V

D-GND

FE4-32-S15D5

18FE-BT-VK-N

B3

B-P

H-K

-K

B1

4B

-PH

DS

S-B

PGNDPGND

VCLVCL

/DM

T_2

/DM

T_1

/DM

T_0

24

Vd

up

5V

SB

4D

SD

SW

D-G

ND

SP

IDP

UL

UP

5V

D-G

ND

SP

PD

24

V

/SP

US

24

V

/SR

RC

24

V

/SP

FS

CN

11

4/D

MT

_3

5V

24

VM

CN

12

2

24

VM

B3

B-P

H-K

-S

SP

MT

-0

SP

MT

-2S

PM

T-3

SP

MT

-1

24

V

/SG

S

PGNDD-GND/MC

5VIN3.3VIN5VEN3.3VIN

D-GND

PGNDPGNDHLOUT/PR24VINFW24VIN12VIN/POFF

24VTCS

DVSEL

D-GNDCCD-RS

CCD-CPAFE_SDI

BSAMP

(mt_at_home)AFE_DB7

12V12V

EN5V

B4

B-P

H-K

-R

D-GND(ONL)(PSL)EN5V

D-GNDSELIN3

VSAMPCCD-TG

ADCLKAFE_SEN

CCD-PHI2D-GND

CCD-PHI1

AFE_SCKD-GND

AFE_DB3AFE_DB2AFE_DB1AFE_DB0

AFE_DB5AFE_DB6

D-GNDAFE_DB4

CN

11

62

4V

1(D

SW

S)

24

V

D-G

ND

(SD

OD

)

/CP

FS

2

24

V

5V

D-G

ND

D-G

ND

PP

D3

CN

11

1

CE

D1

D-G

ND

D-G

ND

D-G

ND

CN

10

8

CE

D2

D-G

ND

CN

11

5

PU

LU

P5

V

PP

D1

D-G

ND

B3

B-P

H-K

-R

SELIN2SELIN1

(KIN2)PSW

5V

OP-DATAOP-LATCH

OP-CLK(BEO)(KIN1)

D-GND

D-GND

OU

T_

A+

OU

T_

B+

OU

T_

A-

OU

T_

B-

CN

10

3

DRST

MCU

Powerunit

Scanner(CCD)

ScannerMT

DUPLEXMT

2nd

cassette

DV

INTERLOCK SW(SIDE DOOR SW)

SPFUNIT

Cassette detect Paper pass detect

Cover open

detecter

Operational PWB

*D

*A

*B

*B

*E

*A – E have detail view

Page 123: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 13 - 16

ACTUAL WIRING DIAGRAM 2/7 (POWER UNIT)

CN1061234

1 1 1 1 2

CN1012

CN101 CN612345678

12345678

91011 CN101 CN00212 1 113 2 2 114 3 3 215 4 416 517 618 719 820 921 1022 1123 12 CN00124 13 1 AC-ORD

14 21516

F-GNDDV-BIAS

HLN

PGNDPGND

24VTCS

DVSEL

HLL

D-GND

PGNDPGNDHLOUT/PR24VINFW24VIN12VIN/POFF

PGNDD-GND/MC

5VIN3.3VIN5VEN3.3VIN

B24B-PHDSS

B4B-PH-K-R

/GRIDL/TC/BIAS

INT24VINT24V

D-GND

INT24VINT24V

/BIAS/TC

/MC/GRIDL

D-GNDPGNDD-GND3.3VIN

HLOUTLN

12VIN24VINFW24VIN

HLN

/PR

5VEN3.3VIN5VIN/POFF

MC

-CA

SE

MC

-OU

T

TC

-OU

T

BC

-OU

T

GR

ID

HLL

LOW VOLTAGEPOWER SUPPLY UNIT

HIGH VOLTAGEPOWER SUPPLY UNIT

HeaterLamp

POWER UNIT

DV UNIT

Thermostat

A

Page 124: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 13 - 17

ACTUAL WIRING DIAGRAM 3/7 (SCANNER UNIT)

CN105 CN1 JP11 12 23456789

123456789

10 1011 1112 1213 1314 1415 1516 1617 1718 1819 1920 2021 2122 2223 2324 2425 2526 2627 2728 2829 2930 3031 3132 32

CN102 CN301 CN3021 12 23 3456789

123456789

10 1011 1112 1213 1314 1415 1516 1617 1718 18

FE4-32-S15D5

PGNDPGND

VCLVCL

AFE_SDI

BSAMP

(mt_at_home)AFE_DB7

12V12V

D-GNDAFE_OBE

VSAMPCCD-TG

ADCLKAFE_SEN

CCD-PHI2D-GND

CCD-PHI1

D-GNDCCD-RS

CCD-CP

AFE_SCKD-GND

AFE_DB3AFE_DB2AFE_DB1AFE_DB0

AFE_DB5AFE_DB6

D-GNDAFE_DB4

PGNDPGND

VCLVCL12V12V

D-GNDAFE_OBE

VSAMPCCD-TG

D-GNDCCD-RSBSAMP

CCD-CPAFE_SDI

CCD-PHI2D-GND

CCD-PHI1AFE_SEN

ADCLKD-GND

AFE_SCKAFE_DB7

(mt_at_home)AFE_DB5AFE_DB6

D-GNDAFE_DB4AFE_DB3AFE_DB2AFE_DB1AFE_DB0

PGNDVCL

D-GNDSELIN3SELIN2

(KIN1)

OP-DATAOP-LATCH

OP-CLK(BEO)

SELIN1

D-GND(ONL)(PSL)5VEN

DRSTD-GND

D-GND(ONL)(PSL)5VEN

D-GNDSELIN3SELIN2SELIN1

D-GND18FE-BT-VK-N

(KIN2)PSW

5VDRST

DRST

(KIN1)(KIN2)

OP-CLK(BEO)

D-GND

PSW5V

OP-DATAOP-LATCH

CCD PWB

LAMP

LAMP

SUCANNER UNIT

OPERATIONPANEL PWB

DRM RESET SW

INVERTER

B

B

Page 125: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 13 - 18

ACTUAL WIRING DIAGRAM 4/7 (INTERFACE)

CN11234

USB_CN

CN104 CN2 CN31 35 12 34 23 33 34 32 45 31 56 30 67 29 78 28 89 27 9

10 26 1011 25 1112 24 1213 23 1314 22 1415 21 1516 20 1617 19 1718 18 1819 17 1920 16 2021 15 2122 14 2223 13 2324 12 2425 11 2526 10 2627 9 2728 8 2829 7 2930 6 3031 5 3132 4 3233 3 3334 2 3435 1 35

35FE-BT-VK-N 36IEEE1284_CN

HLHIN/SLCTIN

V5D-D+

GND

D-GND/INT/FAULTD-GND

D-GNDD-GNDD-GNDD-GND

D-GNDD-GNDD-GNDD-GND

PLHOUTD-GNDD-GNDD-GND

/AUTOFD

SGFG

/ACKBUSYPESLCT

35FE-BT-VK-N

/D STBDATA0DATA1DATA2DATA3DATA4DATA5DATA6DATA7

/INT

/STB

D-GNDD-GND

/SLCTIN/AUTOFD

GDIIN

/ACKBUSYPESLCT

PARAD6PARAD7/REV/FAULT

PARAD2PARAD3PARAD4PARAD5

VMINSUSPENDPARAD0PARAD1

VMOUTOENRCVVPIN

EN5VUSBIND_CONTVPOUT

D-GNDD-GNDVCC3EN5V

D-GNDD-GND

/ACKBUSYPESLCT

/SLCTIN/AUTOFD

GDIIN

PARAD7PARAD6

/INT

/STB

RCVVPIN

SUSPENDPARAD0

PARAD4

PARAD1PARAD2PARAD3

D-GNDD-GNDVCC3EN5V

VMIN

/FAULT/REV

EN5VUSBIND_CONTVPOUTVMOUTOEN

PARAD5

interface PWB

CC C

Page 126: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 13 - 19

ACTUAL WIRING DIAGRAM 5/7 (SPF, R-SPF UNIT)

CN105123456789 CN101

10 1 511 2

12

412 3

123

313 4 214 5 11516171819 120 221 322 423 524 6

12

12

12

CN105123456789 CN101

10 1 511 2

12

412 3

123

313 4 214 5 11516171819 120 221 322 423 524 6

/SRRC

24V

24V/SRRC

D-GND/SPUS

24V SPID/SPFS

5V

D-GNDSPPDD-GND

PULUP5VSPID

SPMT-1SPMT-0

SB4D5V

PULUP5VD-GND

/SPUS24V

/SGS

24V

24VMSPMT-224VM

24VM

SDSW

SPMT-0SPMT-2

/SPUS24V

D-GND

PULUP5V

24V/SPUS

SPPDD-GND

SPMT-3SPMT-1

D-GND

D-GNDSPPDD-GND

PULUP5VSPID

SDSWSB4D

5V

SDSWSPID

24VM

5V

SPIDSDSW

SPMT-3

/SGS24V

SPMT-1SPMT-3SPMT-2SPMT-024VM24VM

24VM

5V

SPMT-0

SDSW

SPPD

24V/SPFS

24V

SPMT-1

D-GNDSDSWSPID

5V

24VMSPMT-2SPMT-3

SPFSENSOR PWB

SPF UNIT

SPFMOTOR

PU SOLENOID

SPF SENSOR

R-SPF UNIT

SPFMOTOR

PU SOLENOID

SPF SENSOR

TRANSPORTCLUCH

R-SOLENOID

G-SOLENOID

D

D

SPFSENSOR PWB

Page 127: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 13 - 20

ACTUAL WIRING DIAGRAM 6/7 (2ND PAPER FEEDING UNIT)

CN115123 14 256 17 289 1

10 211 3121314

CN1151 1 142 2 133 3 12 14 4 11 25 5 106 6 9 17 7 8 28 8 79 9 6 1

10 10 5 211 11 4 312 12 313 13 214 14 1

OED2 OED2D-GND D-GND

5VD-GND D-GND

D-GNDD-GND D-GND PPD3

D-GND D-GND

OED2PPD3 PPD3 D-GND

/CPFS25V 5V 24V

24V 24V/CPFS2

5V

/CPFS224V

D-GNDPPD3

OED2D-GND

D-GND

D-GNDOED2

/CPFS2

/CPFS224V

D-GND

PPD3D-GND

5V

2nd Paper feeding unit

PHOTO SENSOR

TRAY DETECTSWITCH

PF SOLENOID

E

2nd Paper feeding unit (OPTION)

PHOTO SENSOR

TRAY DETECTSWITCH

PF SOLENOID

E

Page 128: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

AL-1551CS CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 13 - 21

ACTUAL WIRING DIAGRAM 7/7 (MANUAL PAPER FEEDING UNIT)

CN12312345

B5B-PH-K-R

CN12312345

B5B-PH-K-R

PULUP5VMFDD-GND

24V/MPFS

Multi Manual Paper Feeding unit

Multi feedingsolenoid

F

Single Manual Paper Feeding unit

MFD sensor PWB

Manual Paper Feeding unit

Page 129: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs
Page 130: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

Contains lithium-ion battery. Must be disposed of properly.Remove the battery from the product and contact

federal or state environmentalagencies for information on recycling and disposal options.

(For USA,CANADA)CAUTION FOR BATTERY DISPOSAL

Page 131: Service Manual Sharp AL1215_1530cs_1540cs_1551cs

All rights reserved.Printed in Japan.

No part of this publication may be reproduced,stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted,

in any form or by any means,electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise,

without prior written permission of the publisher.

Trademark acknowledgmentsWindows and Windows NT are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S.A.and other countries.IBM and PC/AT are trademarks of International Business Machines Corporation.PCL is a trademark of Hewlett-Packard Company.Pentium is a registered trademark of Intel Corporation.All other trademarks and copyrights are the property of their respective owners.

cCOPYRIGHT 2002 BY SHARP CORPORATIONcc

SHARP CORPORATIONDigital Document System GroupProducts Quality Assurance DepartmentYamatokoriyama, Nara 639-1186, Japan

2002 May Printed in Japan